gbm solutions catalogue 2014
DESCRIPTION
The catalogue you need for specifying door sets, architectural ironmongery, bathroom accessories and everything in between.TRANSCRIPT
THE CATALOGUEGBM SOLUTION - YOUR TOTAL SOLUTION SPECIFIER WITHIN DOOR SETS, ARCHITECTURAL IRONMONGERY, BATHROOM ACCESSORY AND INTEGRAL PRODUCTS.
Martin Meesenburg Owner of gb Meesenburg OHG andChairman of GBM Solutions
The need for supplying added value to the parties in the building process have grown significantly over the past few years.
With a wide range of MANUFACTURERs establishing themselves directly in the market the customers are demanding more independent parties that can add re-liable value to the project on a broad spectrum of products. At the same time the need for having a “full service” partner that will take responsibility - not only specifying and delivering the products - but also carry out installation and after service is in high demand.
gb meesenburg has been in the business for more than 250 years and know exact-ly what our partners and customers are looking for in a supplier - we care about YOUR business and take pride in delivering beyond what our customers expect from us, which has made us a preferred partner in the industry.”
2
1
3
4
5
INTRODUCTION
DOORS
IRONMONGERY
BATHROOM
INTEGRAL PRODUCTS
6GENERAL INFORMATION
CONTENTS
1 4 Introduction
6 Who we are 8 What we do 10 Solutions 12 Suppliers 14 Materiales
217 Door sets
18 Door supplier20 Doors21 Interior doors22 Fire & security doors
3 23 Ironmongery
25 Ironmongery suppliers 29 Door handels 57 Escutcheons 61 Hinges 75 Pull handels 87 Lock cases 99 Cylinders117 Access control147 Door closers177 Emergency hardware185 Accessories205 Window handels211 Sliding gear221 Seals
rnit re fittins
4271 Bathroom
273 Suppliers275 Barrier Free283 Dispensers & Bins295 Accessories
29
6
57
9975
275
231
5309 Integral products
310 Integral supplier312 Products
6317 General information
320
GBM ol tions ces General Terms & Conditions
87
64
283
221
147
177
117
1 INTRODUCTION
6 WHO WE ARE8 WHAT WE DO10 SOLUTIONS12 SUPPLIERS14 MATERIALS
250 YEARS OF COMPANY HISTORY
GBM Solutions is part of the gb meesenburg OHG group which can already look back on over 250 years of company history. The company was founded in Flensburg, Germany in 1758, making it one of the oldest trading companies in northern Germany. We are still a family owned and run busi-ness and is no one o the ar et leaders ithin o r field.
A very varied range of products, a high service level, fair rices indi id al enefit oc sed care es eciall thro h
the regional branches - and an extensive range of servic-es are the er or ance characteristics that define s. r core values have brought us a long way and we are today e lo in ore than a . eo le in re ional o ces in more than 10 countries, which places us among the biggest companies in our industry in Europe.
THE BUSINESS
Our sole focus is within the building industry. We have made a conscious choice not to spread our business, but to focus on developing and improving the core business that we know best. To support our continued growth we have over the years expanded our business and are now present in more than 10 countries from Germany to Dubai and into China.
THE INTERNATIONAL APPROCH
To service our growing number of international customers and projects we have established GBM Solutions, a subsid-iary to gb meesenburg OHG. The primary function of GBM Solutions is to service our international network of cus-to ers first o all ith s ecification ser ices o door in-dow and bathroom architectural ironmongery - secondly to source and supply products from our network of suppliers in Europe through our distribution centre in Germany.
GBM Solutions is managed by a team of people that have an ears o e erience ith s ecification roc re ent
and installation of well know European brands, in Europe, Middle East and Asia. They are therefore well equipped to service our customers in their local markets and provide onsite service whenever needed.
Despite our international orientation and continued growth, we are still a medium-sized family business that combines its traditional values with innovative management. One of our key principles is to rely on long-term trust instead of short ter s ccesses so ethin that is re ected in the er-sonal relationships we have with all our suppliers, customers and sta . his is the nda ental attit de that distin ish s from anonymous corporations!
GB MEESENBURG OHG – THE GROUP
WHO WE ARE
6
DOOR, FRAME, IRONMONGERY AND BATH-ROOM SPECIFICATIONS MADE EASY
At GBM Solutions it is our core business to make your door, frame, ironmongery and bathroom solution easy. We have an in-depth knowledge of the many products and brands available on the market, and not least how to combine them with the many security and local standard requirements. From our knowledge, know-how and understanding of prod-ucts and the local market to your requirements, we will tailor a s ecific rod ct ac a e st ri ht or o r ro ect.
With our dedicated service and installation partners we not only specify and supply the correct products for your pro-ects e o er dedicated onsite installation and fit o t s -pervised by our local and professionally European trained Managers.
r door ra e iron on er and athroo fit o t rod-ucts come only from quality accredited suppliers with the re ired certification.
In short, you need only one partner - GBM Solutions to go ro start to finish in o r ro ect. e ill s eci roc re
supply and install all the products you need within our sector for your project.
WHATEVER, WHENEVER AND WHEREVER YOU NEED IT
When partnering with GBM Solutions you and your projects ill e in sa e hands. he enefits incl de
• 250 years of history providing quality products andservice to our customers
• Local presence in Europe. Middle East and Asia.• One of the largest independent suppliers of Architectural
Ironmongery and Bathroom Fittings in Europe• echnical s ort e ore d rin and a ter s ecification• A comprehensive range of European and US suppliers• Joint delivery of all related building elements and prod-
ucts• A total solution partner that takes full responsibility of
the s ecification roc re ent and installation rocessro start to finish
• A skilled, reliable and dedicated team of employees tosupport you
GLOBAL PRESENCE - LOCAL AWARENESS
Our organization in support of your projects is a combination o s illed and e erienced s ecification and roc re entmanagers that, from our headquarters in Denmark, coordi-nate the s ecification and s l o rod cts.
GBM SOLUTIONS
WHAT WE DO
RESIDENTIALPrivately held or a public building faces the same challenges when we speak of housing, as ever higher demands are set to our living standards and the buildings we live in. We understand what it takes to specify a complete villa or condominium from entrance door and frame, to residential and individual ironmongery, personal security in cylinders all the way to the modern bathroom. We also work with companies specializing in custom door solu-tions or sa et s o e and fire as ell as steel ara e doors. Our professional team of installers and project managers has done many villa and residential projects and are therefore read to assist all the a ro s ecification to installation.
OFFICEces contain sensiti e in or ation and al a le in or a-
tion. At the same time, hundreds of people has to be grant-ed access to various areas of the building throughout the da . his t e hasis on the sec rit s ste and o r o ce solution would include master key and access control sys-tems. Here we, among other things consider special high security areas and exit and escape routes, as they should not compromise the security. Signage and railing systems are o ten also art o the o ce se ent.For all types of buildings, it is applicable that we tailor a rod ct o erin co risin a co rehensi e door ro ra
that fits the alit re ired nction and esthetics o the building project. We have skilled suppliers and a technical sta e erienced in the s ecification o e actl o r t e o building.
OUR WORK SEGMENTSFIVE MAIN SEGMENTSIn GBM we operate within 5 main construction segments
HEALTHCAREWithin the healthcare segment, we cover all sub segments from the very large hospital, to pharmacies,¨dental clinics and special care units. A healthcare solution could include technical doors, special products with antimicrobial coat-ing, ironmongery suitable for very heavy usage, anti-liga-ture hardware, a special security package that considers the security of multiple access routes and the need to accom-modate permeability for visitors and not least the need for special care products.
HIGH TRAFFIChe characteristics o the hi h tra c is a constant o o
many people and the main challenge is often to install prod-ucts that can accommodate the constant pressure.n the hi h tra c area e al a s anal e the c cles need-
ed for optimal servicing of the installed products. This could incl de hi h tra c ashroo s ste s ith the ost o ti al combination of modules, easy access, easy maintenance and h iene as cost and e ecti eness al a s is at the essence.
LEISURE/HOSPITALITYhe eis re os italit se ents co ers e er thin ro
major hotels, ice skating arenas, major stadiums to public swimming pools. For buildings within the leisure segment,
e find sol tions that are s ita le or et en iron ents andor heavy usage. Partition walls that can divide a gym area or roo into s aller sa le s ort co rts areas are re entl part of the leisure segment.
8
OUR PRODUCT GROUPS
or each o o r � e ain or se ents e o er o r ain product groups.• oors ra es iron on er athroo and inte ral
products.
Within each product group, we have specialized our product o erin s in o r cate ories.
In GBM Solutions, we work closely together with clients, architects, engineers and developers to tailor a solution of doors, ironmongery, bathroom and integral products that exactly suit not only the requirement for design and function but also the desired budget. We have a team of excellent procurement managers, experienced in sourcingthe best quality, design and function at the right price.
DOORS/FRAMES• Wood• Glass• Steel• Technical
IRONMONGERY• Closing and opening• Access• Levers and pulls• Accessories
BATHROOM• Furniture and ceramics• Fittings• Care• Accessories
INTEGRAL PRODUCTS• Signs• andrail al strade• Partition walls• Furniture
OUR PRICE STRUCTURE
For many projects, we do not just work within one price str ct re t o er a co ination o rod cts to s ite the individual building and budget. The common combination is often to have a more expensive product in front of house and a less expensive product in the back of the house, whether it is ironmongery, doors, signage, etc.
SOLUTIONS
THE CORE IN OUR BUSINESS
SPECIFICATIONS
WE MAKE IT EASYt ol tion e o er to do o r s ecifications or o .e no that doin s ecifications toda can e er ti e
consuming and resource-intensive - and as the complexity of legislation, local laws and demands and the tremendous selections o rod cts are intensified it does not see to lessen in the future.
ert i artial ad ice is the cornerstone in o r s ecifica-tion service. At GBM, we have the ability, the expertise and the necessar reso rces to handle an s ecification o a ha e. e ill ro ide a ll ser ice s ecification here e specify all of your product needs according to architect plot
or chart oo and site ins ection. e a e o r s ecifica-tions accordin to local re ire ents and each s ecification contains the following information;• o lete s ecification te t accordin to or
standard• ard are s ecification s • Product fact sheet for each product• Quote including price per door set and expected delivery
time• ertificates and standards
This means you will get the information you require quickly and clearly. Moreover, with our proud reputation for knowl-edgeable and unbiased service, you will get exactly the right products for you and your project.
OUR SERVICE CONCEPThe core o ol tions is o r first class hi h end ser ice
concept.
e can o er o r assistance in the entire rocess o s ec-ifying, procuring, installing and doing service and after sales. With our in-depth knowledge of the many products and brands available on the market and not the least, the expertise on how to combine them with the many security and standard re ire ents e are a le to tailor a s ecific product package just right for your project.
Furthermore, we pride ourselves of being able to solve any product related issue you may have. With our experienced and talented sta and o r lar e s lier set e are a le to find a sol tion to an rod ct or s l related iss e and to deliver you exactly the product you need.
10
PROCUREMENT
WE GO THAT EXTRA MILE ol tions o er o o r ro o nd ser ice and nder-
standing of the solutions needed to provide an excellent re-sult in your project. This is why we have chosen procure-ment as our second service concept. With procurement we o e ond st in and sellin a rod ct e o er o
a service, where selling a product is only a part of it. With an in depth and local knowledge of the customers wishes for product brand, application and function, we tailor a package
ith s ecification rod ct and s l chain in ti e deli er . ith o r tailor ade rod ct o erin e also ha e the a il-
ity to deliver you bespoken products request. In any given project there is always that unique product that makes the project special – and this is where we go the extra mile – we will deliver just what you need, where you need it and when you need it.
INSTALLATION
TAKE TIME AND TROUBLE OUT OF THE INSTALLA-TION PROCESSased on o r s ecifications and rod cts deli ered ol tion ill o er a ll installation o ra es doors door
hard are and interior fittin s. e o er installation ser ices from project to project and in all markets.
e o er an e ert installation ser ice tailored to o r s ecific needs. Our proven installation methodology enables con-sistent, high quality installations that provide the founda-tion for product reliability, availability and serviceability. Cost e ecti e sol tions lets o ta e ad anta e on o r installa
tion e ertise hile o r sta sta s oc sed on hat the know best.
With our knowledge of the local market, the ironmongery and door package - we are able to install all products with o r dedicated e cient and alified artners or in ndersupervision from our European Management.
SERVICE/AFTER SALES
END TO ENDhen e ha e done installation e ill also o er o a
service agreement if you wish so.The service agreement will include, change of faulty pro-ducts, maintenance, service and improvements of installa-tions. With this service you can get a full service concept from GBM Solutions. We have several service contracts to choose from and based on the project and your demands the contract will be tailored to your needs. The most common service intervals are men-tioned below and the choice of interval is for you to choose;• Monthly service• Quarterly service• Yearly service• By order
We want to make your life as easy as possible and after sales is a natural part of our service concepts. In all delivered projects there is need for replacements or added products due to refurbishment or remodeling. We will handle this for you – either as a part of your service contract or through our local o ces.
SUPPLIERS
THE SUPPLIERS
t ol tions e o er a orld o o ort nities hen it co es to findin the ro er rod ct or o r door indo or bathroom solution. We represent some of the best brands in Europe within architectural ironmongery solutions, and with our extensive product knowledge we are always able to ad-vise on which products suits your project the best.
Through our distribution center in Germany we can supply you products from the vast gb Meesenburg OHG supplier network. Our main suppliers are among the leaders in their field in ro e. ll or ith the o ti al desi n the er ect shape and the proper functioning and well-documented solu-tions to create the perfect product.
Through a well-established cooperation we always try to be one ste ahead hich in the end al a s enefits o r c s-tomers.
On the following pages we will show you a range of products from our trusted and reliable main supplier network. We do ho e er o a lon a to llfill o r c sto ers needs and i o need a rod ct t don t see to find it in o r cata-lo e o sho ld contact o r local ol tions o ce as we pride ourselves with being your Total Solution Supplier.
WE WORK WITH THE BEST!
12
BLAUGELB - THE GB MEESENBURG HOUSEBRAND
Our brand blaugelb® is the exclusive trademark of thegb Meesenburg group.
e o er hi h alit randed rod cts s ita le or oth crafting and industrial companies. The products are available in a ran e o di erent finishes and in an co inations which makes the blaugelb® brand very versatile.
The blaugelb® products are designed for heavy use and is there ore also s ita le or hi h tra c areas. he rod cts include every imaginable product for the door and window such as levers, locks, pull handles, hinges etc. and is con-stantly being developed and new products added.
MATERIALS
MATERIALS
STAINLESS STEEL
The majority of products supplied by GBM Solutions are MANUFACTURERd in stainless steel grade AISI 304 and 316. Stainless steel is outstanding in its suitability for door and
indo fittin s as its s r ace is e tre el resistant to corro-sion. Even when roughly treated it scarcely shows traces of dents and scratches, it shows little wear even in continuous use and above all, it requires very little care. An invisible passive layer forms on its surface, which is even supposed to have anti-bacterial properties.
All this ensures the products are ideal for our modern build-in s. he e i le ran e o rod cts can e sed an here - indoor as well as outdoor, for houses and buildings, and combined in innumerable ways.
ALUMINIUM
Aluminium has always been used as a high-tech material when lightweight and durability are required. The natural colour of aluminium is silver-like - and like stainless steel, it fits er ell into o r odern ildin s.
In daily use, aluminium surfaces can be worn or scratched by harder materials. This “damage” to the aluminium sur-face may impair the aesthetic of the impression, but has no e ect on the rod cts nction. an sers e en li e the patina resulting from daily use.
BRASS
Brass is a warm glowing material and has been on the mar-et or an ears. rass co es in an di erent ariations
and alloys which all give the individual products their own characteristics. When not treated with a varnish or waxed real brass will corrode over time giving it a brown to grey-green patina.
The main part of the brass products we supply have all been varnished to prevent the natural patina from occurring. This means the brass products does not have to be polished or cleaned on a weekly basis - and thereby gives you the possi-ilit o sin rass e en in hi h tra c areas.
PVD COATING
PVD is the abbreviation of Physical Vapor Deposition. It is a process carried out in high vacuum at temperatures between 150 and 500 °C.
coatin s enefits are an . can ro ide a li eti e of protection from daily cleaning, which adds durability and value to your product. Traditional electroplating of brass, nic el and old finishes re ire a clear coat that de rade with time and can easily tarnish or corrode. PVD requires no clear top coats that fade or dull. It is four times harder than chrome which makes it corrosion and scratch resistant.GBM Solutions supply products in standard brass, antique brass and bronze with PVD coating, however more than a 1.000 colour variations are possible.
14
FINISHES
Satin stainlees steel - SSS Polished stainlees steel - PSS
Brass - BR Antique brass - AB
Bronze - BO
FINISHES.
Many of our products are available in both satin stainless steel and polished stainless steel or in the silver-like alumin-i finish that ro s ore and ore o lar. or the classic look, the brass products are always in demand and with the di erent finishes in either rass olished rass or anti e loo e arantee e are a le to find the ri ht sol tion or you. In addition, we also have several products in bronze for the more reddish, warm glow.
o e o o r rod cts are a aila le in e en ore finishes than we have in our catalogue - please feel free to ask if you re ire a s ecific finish t cannot find it here.
In order for you to easily detect which product is available in hich finish e ha e incl ded the aterial and finish in the
fact box on each product page.
Aluminium - AL Polished brass - PB
18 SUPPLIER 20 DOORS21 INTERIOR DOORS22 FIRE & SECURITY DOORS
2 DOOR SETS
VICAIMA
As a total solution supplier, we are of course also able to supply wooden doors and frames for your projects. As we pride ourselves with working only with the best - in order to be able to supply the best possible product to our customers - we are happy to introduce you to one of Europe’s lead-ing suppliers of wooden doors. Whether you need a classic standard wooden door or a high-tech state of the art hotel entrance door Vicaima is the place to go.
Vicaima was founded in 1959 and are based in Portugal with se eral ranches in di erent co ntries aro nd the orld. Vicaima is currently one of the leading European MANUFAC-TURERs of interior doors with a work force exceeding 1.100 employee and a daily capacity of more than 6.000 doors. The focus for Vicaima has always been on excellent customer service and they take great pride in meeting and exceeding the needs of its customers.
The company is able to bring together knowledge of ad-vanced technologies to provide a wide range of tested and certified rod cts li e fire doors aco stic or sec rit doors suitable in numerous applications. In addition, the fully e i ed c sto fit center ena le the to c sto i e doors to particular needs, including glazing, grooving and many other options.
THE SUPPLIER
ONLY THE BEST WILL DO
18
DOORS
ith an a ealin aesthetic the di erent lines ro icai a creates odern and conte orar interiors. he se o di er-ent materials and a wide range of techniques create a mix of beautiful, high range doors for every possible project where the attention of detail is at the essence.
Furthermore, Vicaima presents a wide range of multifunction technical rod cts hich ass re s ecific er or ances on fire rating, acoustics and security. Under the portaro® Concept, these certified rod cts can ass e se eral desi ns or e en resent e cl si e sol tions or di erent ro ects li e hotels
o ces or ho sin .
he er ect alance is al a s i ortant and icai as o er o elements for the same environment ensures the harmony of the decor. Doors, closets, paneling and skirting are some of the complementary options from Vicaima.
DOORS
20
CLASSICTraditional styling and elegant design inspire the classic range. The embodiment of period charm, these doors com-bine the beauty of natural wood veneers with the character-istic raised and fielded anels or eo etric sha es. aila le in an appealing selection of NATURDOR® real ood finishes and attractive glazing designs. Classic doors are a true ex-pression of elegance that will capture your imagination.
rther ore ther choice o door finishes ena le o to select stock products that not only match your budget, but also provide new ideas and new solutions!
THE RANGES
The Vicaima interior door range provides real choice, both in ter s o desi n and er or ance i in o si nificant alternatives to the limited assortment of products provided by other door MANUFACTURERs.
icai a o er three e interior door ran es
EXCLUSIVEThe exclusive range is the pinnacle of modern design in doors with original styling and the imaginative use of care-fully selected veneers and inlays. Exclusive products make a striking statement within new interiors. Blending color shape and texture the exclusive door range will free your imagina-tion enabling you to create truly contemporary design.
ESSENTIALThe essential range represents purity in form and shape to create a odern clean and e ecti e state ent in indoor design. Working from a blank canvas enables creativity to o rish thro h choices o rain direction ace en ra in or
aperture shape. Finish options include NATURDOR® with its crown; quarter cut or straight line; real veneers or ECODOR
ith inno ati e and certified la inated aces re ectin the natural appearance of wood, yet proving consistency of color and grain. Essential doors epitomize pure simplicity.
INTERIOR DOORS
0010
SECURITY
Conceived for the entrance into homes, the Security Porta-ro® incorporates shielded door and frame, hinges and an-ti intr sion olts and loc sec rit ith fi in oints.lso a aila le ith sec rit fire resistance and aco stic iso-
lation nctions. ertified accordin to the and standards with a noise reduction up to 37dB.
ENTRANCEDoor and frame conceived for internal areas such as entrance to ho es and o ces. oor ith ood stiles and thic reinforced frame with 1mm steel plaque, security hinges and o tion or loc ith or fi in oints.
SBD - SECURED BY DESIGN DOORSSecured by Design multifunction front entrance door system
art and art . ita le door set to rein-force safety, namely in the entrance of apartments.
• oor ra e d sin solid l ood fin-ished as required
• Standard options include security hinges and drop seal.3 point locking lock FD30S and acoustic 29Db Secured
esi n . ested hiltern nternationalFire
• Complies with Part E building regulations concerningsound reduction
• Minimum wall thickness 100mm
aila le
FIRE DOOR 30MIN
Fire resistant FD30(s) passageFire Doors play such a crucial role in public sector buildings, both in terms of saving lives and reducing risk to property and to this end the Vicaima range has been developed to exceed both market and regulatory demands.
• oor set certified as resistant to fire or in tes. ita le door set or a art ents o ces and
three storey houses• Ironmongery options• e reco end allo ance or fittin ith a ll archi-
trave• Optional smoke control FD30s• Minimum wall thickness 95mm
onfi ration tions• Doors with glazing options• Double leaf• Doors with overpanel• Swinging doors• Doors INVERSE (integrated doors and panels)• Unequal pair
FIRE DOOR 60 MIN
• Optional smoke control FD60s• Minimum wall thickness 120mm
FIRE & SECURITY DOORS
0020
22
25 IRONMONGERY SUPPLIERS29 DOOR HANDLES57 ESCUTCHEONS61 HINGES75 PULLHANDLES87 LOCK CASES99 CYLINDERS117 ACCESS CONTROL147 DOOR CLOSERS177 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT185 ACCESSORIES205 WINDOW HANDLES211 SLIDING GEAR221 SEALS231 FURNITURE FITTINGS
3 IRONMONGERY
ONLY THE BEST WILL DO
The ironmongery suppliers we collaborate with are all lead-ers in their res ecti e fields ro door closer to doorsto s - from top to bottom – inside and out – the products are tested certified and a ro ed so that o can e ass red that the rod cts s ecified in o r ro ect is also hat is delivered.
Design, form and looks – all words for the same thing, but nevertheless an important part of any ironmongery product. Our suppliers all have considered every little aspect of their product – from the design to function to installation. Quali-ty products for applications such as locks, emergency exits and access control create innovative solutions within sectors such as hotels, hospitals, airports and public transport.
Whether you are working on a large opera house, a hotel, an airport or a single family home we have the right product and the right solutions for you.
In GBM Solutions, we work closely together with clients, ar-chitects, engineers, developers and our trusted suppliers to tailor a solution of products that exactly suit not only the requirement for design and function but also the desired budget.
We have a powerful network of trusted and reliable suppli-ers that we would like to introduce you to on the following pages.
OUR IRONMONGERY SUPPLIERS
SUPPLIERS
D LINE is a global supplier of interior concepts with a product portfolio comprising door levers, locks, sani-tary hardware, handrail & signs. The d line series are all designed by the Danish architect and Professor Knud Holscher.
EVVA is an Austrian family business, and is one of the leading European MANUFACTURERs of access solu-tions using both mechanical and electrical systems. We provide integrated total packages to meet the most varied protection requirements.
SIMONSVOSS is the technology leader in the rapidly growing market for digital, battery-operated locking and access control systems. With an installation of more than 10,000 systems around the world they have proved that their vision has already become reality.
GEZE is one of the world’s leading developers and MANUFACTURERs of construction systems for door, window and sa et technolo and ith ore than ears o co an histor o ers a co rehensi e ran e o products including automatic door systems, door technology and glass systems.
SIMONSWERK has been one of the best-known MANUFACTURERs of hinges and hinge systems for some 120 years and stands for high quality requirements, a constant innovative spirit and active customer re-tention.
PLANET drop-down seals has ensured that nothing can pass under the door in more than 70 years. Planet AG has continued the successful business story and has developed new innovative drop down seals, improved production and ensured a timely worldwide delivery.
SAG or the Schulte-Schlagbaum Group - concentrates its production and service activities on highly devel-oped components, systems and solutions for the locking and organization of buildings. They develop and MAN-
s hi h alit rod cts and ser ices in the field o loc and stri in late s ste s or hea d t and functional doors, residential doors, narrow stile doors and gates.
COMIT is an Italian MANUFACTURER of a large selection of ironmongery accessories in steel and brass for both interior and exterior purposes as well as a vast range of special products for glass doors and structures. They produce products of the highest quality, use the best possible materials and make products with that special Italian design label that many companies in Italy are so world famous for.
EXIDOR is a ased en ineerin co an an act rin a co rehensi e hi h s ecification ran e o innovative panic and emergency hardware, door controls and builders ironmongery.
DORMA is the trusted global partner for premium access solutions & services enabling better buildings. ith ears o tradition ehind it the co an o ers holistic sol tions co erin all acets o door o era ili-
t ro hin es closers and oor s rin s to a to atic door s ste s and ti e access control sol tions.
TIGER is an old family business within the sliding hardware business ever since. The large assortment ranges from sliding door gears and sliding gate gears to complete transport systems.
ATHMER has been involved in the production of automatic door seals for more than 55 years. The compa-ny’s successful combination of experience, expertise and quality enables the continuous development and i ro e ent o its rod ct ran e. erin the idest ran e on the ar et th er has the ri ht rod ct orpractically every type of application.
26
HETTICH is one o the orld s lar est s o rnit re fittin s. er da o er e ers o sta ta e the challen e o de elo in intelli ent technolo or rnit re. a il o ned siness
ettich is at ho e in irchlen ern er an . his is here ideas are orn or rnit re fittin s thast sha e today and tomorrow.
DENI has de elo ed rod ced and distri ted loc s and fittin s or ates doors and indo s indi id al loc sol tions as ell as sta ed and cast arts since . oti ated sta odern achiner and a e i-ble ERP - system guarantee optimum quality at fair prices.
HAGER is committed to being your one source for full line door hardware. They stand alone as one family and one rand. he rod ce and create rod cts that a e a di erence in one co nit at a ti e hile ein ind l o the one lanet e all share. er rod ct that a er o ers is ac ed a ear le ac
of quality, reputation, and excellence.
ASSA ABLOY/EFF EFF is the largest global supplier of intelligent lock and security solutions. One in every 10 lock and security installations worldwide uses their products. Using the latest technologies and tried-and-tested techniques we are constantly developing innovative solutions that improve customers' lives through greater security, safety and convenience.
JUNIE Locking Systems – Innovative by Tradition - has been in the locking business for more than 125 years. ie s loc s and fittin s. lar e standard ro ra as ell as indi id al constr ctions ada t-
ed to a s ecfic ro le is ies ain siness.
TURNSTYLE DESIGNS are established as one of the world's foremost producers of design led architectural hardware. Using classic materials to create contemporary designs, Turnstyle handles can be found on some of the world’s most prestigious projects including private homes, yachts, hotels and restaurants.
iLOQ di ital loc in o ers o easier and ore sec re access ana e ent than echanical loc in ith si nificantl lo er aintenance and li e c cle costs than traditional electro echanical loc in . is the first and the only electronic lock cylinder in the world that self-powers by harvesting electricity from key insertion.
blaugelb® is the exclusive trademark of the gb Meesenburg groups own brand. e o er hi h alit randed rod cts s ita le or oth cra tin and ind strial co anies. he rod cts
ranges from cylinders to locks, from door levers to pull handles - practically every ironmongery product imag-inable. The blaugelb® rod cts are desi ned or hea se and is there ore also s ita le or hi h tra c areas.
Zobel Chemie is an innovative and dedicated, medium-sized company. As a MANUFACTURER of water-based coating systems for window and facade coatings and with distributors in over 50 countries, the company en o s international reno n and o ers the ood and al in rocessin ind str a first class s ec-tr o coatin s ste s or the entire real o ind strial rocessin o ra ood or al in rofile to finished ood and al in ildin ele ents.
Samuel Heath has integrity and provenance as the foundations of the company that began as a traditional brass founder and has over the years produced a vast array of products. Today however it is as a MANUFAC-TURER of bathroom accessories, taps, showers and architectural hardware that Samuel Heath has built a worldwide reputation for stylish design, quality and performance.
Tehnical information
Types of bearings
Classi�cations
DIN1906DIN179DIN1125
DOOR HANDLES
i it ate o o e a e a e i entifieGrade 1 Medium frequency of use with high incentive to
exercise care with small chance of misuse e.g. internal residential doors.
Grade 2 Medium frequency of use with high incentive to exercise care and some chance of misuse e.g. internal o ce doors.
Grade 3 High frequency of use by the public or others withlittle incentive to exercise care and high chance of
is se e. . lic o ce doors. Grade 4 High frequency of use on doors subject to frequent
violent use or damage e.g. doors in sport stadiumsor public buildings
i it a ilit a e a e i entifieGrade 6 - 100.000 test cyclesGrade 7 - 200.000 test cyclesThe tests undertake to achieve these grades involve the ap-plication of additional forces to the door furniture in order to simulate the conditions of use likely to be experienced in the field.
Digit 3 - Door dimensionso classification defined.
Door handles and knobs comes in a variety of materials, designs and qualities. In order to be able to compare the dif-ferent door handles they need to conform to a set of classi-fication standards. or door handles and no s the rele ant DIN EN standards are mentioned below.
DIN EN 1906 - BUILDING HARDWAREoor rnit re con or in to is classified
an di it code s ste . si ilar classification a lies to all building hardware product standards so that complimenta-r ite s o hard are can e s ecified to or e a le a co on le el o corrosion resistance the se on s o efire doors etc. ach di it o the classification re ers to a artic lar eat re
of the product measured against the standards performance requirements. The background of these requirements is to si late act al e er da se. his is achie ed definin load requirements and taking subsequent clearance meas-urements before and after continues function tests on the hardware. The digits practical value and the categorisation of the le-ers and no s st e d ed sin the entire classification
scheme. Only the total of all test criteria and test results lead to DIN EN 1906.
CLASSIFICATIONS
STANDARDS
30
i it i e e i tance a e a e i entifierade o er or ance defined
Grade A Suitable for installation in smoke control doorsrade ita le or installation in s o e control and fire
doors.rade ita le or installation on s o e control and fire
doors with lever handle core requirements.
i it Sa et a e a e i entifieGrade 0 For normal useGrade 1 Safety requirementsTo qualify for a grade 1, handles must have high strength handle to late and late to door fi in and or han-dle to s indle fi in s ch that the o ld ithstand a er-son grabbing in order to prevent falling. It is recommended that only safety furniture be used at the top of cellar steps or other staircases.
i it o o ion e i tance a e a e i entifierade o classification identified
Grade 1 Low corrosion resistance (24h salt spray test)Grade 2 Moderate corrosion resistance (48h salt spray test)Grade 3 High corrosion resistance (96h salt spray test)Grade 4 Extremely high corrosion resistance (240h salt
spray test)Grade 5 Extraordinary high corrosion resistance (480h salt
spray test)
DIN EN 179 - EMERGENCY EXIT DEVICESBuilding regulations require that the doors in escape routes should be easy to open from inside to their full width - with a handle i necessar . he standards define the an act r-ing, suitability for use and testing requirements concerning fire e it loc in s ste s. hese re ire ents are onl alid for leaf doors with a maximum weight of 200 kg, height of 2,500 mm, and width of 1,300 mm.
his certification s ecifies estin roced res and the techni-cal re ire ents ith re ard to
• echanical fire e it loc in s ste s that are o eratedusing an operational handle.
• echanical fire e it loc in s ste s that are o eratedusing a push plate.
CLASSIFICATIONS
STANDARDS
i it Sec it a e a e i entifieGrade 0 Not burglary resistantGrade 1 Low burglary resistanceGrade 2 Moderate burglary resistanceGrade 3 High burglary resistanceGrade 4 Extra high burglary resistanceThe main requirements include resistance to drilling, close fittin lates or esc tcheons to hel rotect the loc and support the cylinder. They must resist removal from the out-side of the door.
i it T pe o ope ation a e a e i entifieGrade A Spring assistedGrade B Spring loadedGrade U Unsprung
o inations o fittin s as nderstood st be considered as products subject to building regulations with the nessary EU and CE conformity labels. They consist of lock, locking plate and door furniture and must always be tested and certified to ether.
Note:If it is not certain that all people in the building are familiar
ith fire e its and their o erations and or i there is a ris o panic, use must be made of the products tested according to DIN EN 1125. (panic locks operated by a horizontal bar)
32
OPENING TO THE OUTSIDE
OPENING TO THE INSIDE
DIN 107 – DIRECTION di erentiation is ade et een le t and ri ht
doors depending on the rotational direction of the door. The door direction or side designation according to DIN 107 is deter ined as ollo s
Visible seal of the door hinges on the right = DIN rightVisible seal of the door hinges on the left = DIN left
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .
sol tions.co
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSION en ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
19 MM HOLLOW BEND MITRED SHAPE
blaugelb® lever handle 19 mm hollow tube bend mitred shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, sup-lied ith section olts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
1010
19 MM HOLLOW BEND MITRED SHAPE PZ
1010.000X.PZ
19 MM HOLLOW BEND MITRED SHAPE WC
1010.000X.WC
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSION en ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
34
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
General Information
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
Technical Specificatio
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with
the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
19 MM HOLLOW BEND T SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle 19 mm hollow tube bend T shape, pair 8x8mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with
section olts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
1010
19 MM HOLLOW BENDT SHAPE PZ
19 MM HOLLOW BEND T SHAPE WC
1010.001X.PZ
1010.001X.WC
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .
sol tions.co
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSION en ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
19 MM HOLLOW TUBE L SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle 19 mm hollow tube L shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4
section olts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
1010
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010.002X.PZ
1010.002X.WC
19 MM HOLLOW TUBE L SHAPE WC
19 MM HOLLOW TUBE L SHAPE PZ
36
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
General Information
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
Technical Specificatio
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with
the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS
1010
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
19 MM HOLLOW TUBE MITRED SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle 19 mm hollow tube mitred shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with
section olts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010.003X.PZ
1010.003X.WC
19 MM HOLLOW TUBE MITRED SHAPE PZ
19 MM HOLLOW TUBE MITRED SHAPE WC
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .
sol tions.co
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSION en ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010
19 MM HOLLOW U SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle 19 mm hollow tube U shape, pair 8x8mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4
section olts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
19 MM HOLLOW U SHAPE PZ
19 MM HOLLOW U SHAPE WCMATERIAL
Stainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010.004X.PZ
1010.004X.WC
38
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
General Information
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
Technical Specificatio
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with
the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
HOLLOW BALL KNOB
1010
blaugelb® ball knob, hollow, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
HOLLOW BALL KNOB WC
HOLLOW BALL KNOB PZ
1010.005X.PZ
1010.005X.WC
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .
sol tions.co
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010
SOLID CRINKLE SHAPE blaugelb® lever handle, solid crinkle shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
SOLID CRINKLE SHAPE PZ
SOLID CRINKLE SHAPE WC
1010.008X.WC
1010.008X.PZ
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
40
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
General Information
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
Technical Specificatio
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with
the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010
SOLID PATTERN SHAPE PZ
blaugelb® lever handle, solid pattern shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
SOLID PATTERN SHAPE WC
SOLID PATTERN SHAPE
1010.009X.WC
1010.009X.PZ
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .
sol tions.co
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010
SOLID SQUARE SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle, solid square shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
SOLID SQUARE SHAPE WC
SOLID SQUARE SHAPE PZ
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010.010X.WC
1010.010X.PZ
42
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
General Information
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
Technical Specificatio
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with
the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010
SOLID STRAIGHT T SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle, solid straight T shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
SOLID STRAIGHT T SHAPE WC
SOLID STRAIGHT T SHAPE PZ
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010.011X.WC
1010.011X.PZ
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .
sol tions.co
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010
SOLID WAVE SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle, solid wave shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
SOLID WAVE SHAPE WC
SOLID WAVE SHAPE PZ
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010.012X.WC
1010.012X.PZ
44
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
General Information
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
Technical Specificatio
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting
ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with
the desired classification.
Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHal finish atin olished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
1010
SOLID ROUND SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle, solid round shape, pair 8x8mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh.
The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHal finish atin olished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
CERTIFICATION lass lass lass
SOLID ROUND SHAPE PZ
SOLID ROUND SHAPE WC
1010.013X.WC
1010.013X.PZ
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
For d line escutcheons - please see the hard-ware accessories section
SOLID L SHAPEe er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door
thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
1010
Class 4
SOLID L SHAPE 14 MM
SOLID L SHAPE 16 MM
SOLID L SHAPE 19 MM
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
7 U041B-4
BS EN
1010.014
1010.015
1010.016
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
46
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1010
SOLID U SHAPEe er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door
thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
For d line escutcheons - please see the hardware accessories section
SOLID U SHAPE 14 MM
SOLID U SHAPE 16 MM
SOLID U SHAPE 19 MM
1010.017
1010.018
1010.019
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSION en ht
ose
SOLID LEVERSe er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door
thickness 33-44 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-44 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
1010
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
For d line escutcheons - please see the hard-ware accessories section
SOLID M SHAPE 16 MM
SOLID L SHAPE 19 MM
1010.020
1010.021
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
48
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
SOLID LEVERSe er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door
thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
1010
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
For d line escutcheons - please see the hardware accessories section
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
SOLID C SHAPE 19 MM
SOLID FFG SHAPE 19 MM
1010.023
1010.024
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
For d line escutcheons - please see the hard-ware accessories section
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
1010.022
SOLID UF SHAPE 19 MM
1010
Lever handle 19 mm UF shape, pair, 8x8mm, oval snap on cover ball bearing rose cc 50 mm, for door thickness 33-44 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.
Lever handle 19 mm LF shape, pair, 8x8mm, oval snap on cover ball bearing rose cc 50 mm, for door thickness 33-44 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh
SOLID LF SHAPE 19 MM1010.025
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
Class 4
7 U041B-4
BS EN
SOLID LEVERS - OVAL ROSES
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
50
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONen ht ose
7 A0400-3
BS EN
Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Round composite material rose substructure cc 55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. round PZ escutcheons.
Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Square composite material rose substructure 55x55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. square PZ escutcheons
HOLLOW SQUARE LEVERS
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONen ht ose
7 A0400-3
BS EN
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
1010.030
HOLLOW SQUARE, ROUND ROSE, PZ
1010.031
HOLLOW SQUARE, SQUARE ROSE, PZ
1010
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
1010.032
HOLLOW SQUARE, ROUND ROSE, WC
1010
Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Round composite material rose substructure cc 55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. round WC escutcheons.
Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Square composite material rose substructure 55x55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. square WC escutcheons
HOLLOW SQUARE, SQUARE ROSE, WC1010.033
HOLLOW SQUARE LEVERS
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
7 A0400-3
BS EN
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
7 A0400-3
BS EN
52
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONen ht ose
7 A0400-3
BS EN
Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Round composite material rose substructure cc 55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. round WC barrier free escutcheons.
Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Square composite material rose substructure 55x55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. square WC barrier free escutcheons
HOLLOW SQUARE LEVERS
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONen ht ose
7 A0400-3
BS EN
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
1010.034
HOLLOW SQUARE, ROUND ROSE, WC , BARRIER FREE
1010.035
HOLLOW SQUARE, SQUARE ROSE, WC, BARRIER FREE
1010
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
ther finishes on re est.
1010.036
NAVY LINE, SQUARE ROSE
1010
Lever handles from our Italian supplier COMIT has that special Italian feel about them. Quality and detail are important parts of the design-phase and the production. These series are also available with back plate and with matching window levers.
Lever Navy Line, square in stainless steel and with 45x45 mm rose. Supplied with PZ escutcheons.
Lever Genève, square in stainless steel and with 45x45 mm rose. Supplied with PZ escutcheons.
GENEVE, SQUARE ROSE1010.037
LEVERS ON SQUARE ROSES
MANUFACTURERCOMIT SRL
COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
54
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERCOMIT SRL
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHPolished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
Lever handles from our Italian supplier COMIT has that special Italian feel about them. Quality and detail are important parts of the design-phase and the production. These series are also available with back plate and with matching window levers.
Lever Vertigo, square in stainless steel and with 45x45 mm rose. Supplied with PZ escutcheons.
Lever Style, square in stainless steel and with 45x45 mm rose. Supplied with PZ escutcheons.
LEVERS ON SQUARE ROSES
MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304
FINISHPolished
DIMENSIONen ht ose
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
ther finishes on re est.
1010.038
VERTIGO, SQUARE, ROUND
1010.039
STYLE, SQUARE ROSE
1010
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.
aila le in other finishes on re est
MATERIALBrass
FINISHatin olished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
1010.040
LOOK WITH PZ
1010
Lever handles from our Italian supplier COMIT has that special Italian feel about them. Quality and detail are important parts of the design-phase and the production.
These bi-colour levers in brass with round ø50 mm PZ cylinder roses are suitable for any classic or modern building. The door handles are also available on back plates and with matching window han-dles.
FUTURA WITH PZ1010.041
MATERIALBrass
FINISHatin olished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
BRASS LEVERS
MANUFACTURERCOMIT SRL
COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALBrass
FINISHatin olished
DIMENSIONen ht
ose
YARIS WITH PZ1010.042
56
ESCUTCHEONS
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1012
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
NOTEncl din scre s or fittin
TOILET INDICATOR SET
TOILET INDICATOR SET - SPECIAL NEEDS
1012.0003
1012.0004
The blaugelb® indicator sets with snap on cover are made from stainless steel AISI 304. Distance bewtween screwholes are 38 mm. Door thickness is 30-45 mm.
CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONSDia. 52 mm
Height 8 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONSDia. 52 mm
Height 8 mm
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
58
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
The blaugelb® cylinder escutcheons are made from stainless steel AISI 304
1012
PZ CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS
BLANK/BLIND ESCUTCHEONS
NOTESold in pairs - except the thumbturn which is
sold seperately.ncl din scre s or fittin
1012.0000
1012.0001
CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONSDia. 52 mmHeight 8 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONSDia. 52 mmHeight 8 mm
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
d line cylinder escutcheions and thumb turn with clips cover rose. Distance between screws are 38 mm
1012
PZ CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS
TOILET INDICATOR SET
NOTEAlso available in a solid version with visible screwholes
1012.0100
1012.0101
CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONSDia. 50 mm
Height 4 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONSDia. 50 mm
Height 4 mm
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
60
HINGES
DIN EN 1935As with any other building hardware hinges are also classi-fied in an di it code s ste . he classification standard di ides the hin es in o r se classes and defines the a i-mal hinge moment that results from the generated frictional resistance in a hinge during its endurance test.
This standard is valid for door and window hinges for door leafs with a maximum weight of 160 Kg.
he standard s ecifies testin roced res and re ire ents ith re ard to
• Uniaxial screw-on hinges• Hinges with consolidated bolts• For use on entrance doors and windows• The currently valid DIN EN 1935 was published in April
2002 and has the status of a national standard. It hasbeen included in the German Building Standards Guide-lines art since eanin that it is anchored inthe German Building Laws.
he di it code is o nd accordin to these standards
CLASSIFICATIONS
STANDARDS
i it ate o o e a e a e i entifieGrade 1 Light dutyGrade 2 Medium dutyGrade 3 Heavy dutyGrade 4 Severe duty
i it a ilit a e a e i entifiefor single-axis hinges MANUFACTURERd to this European standardGrade 310.000 test cycles, for light duty hinges on windows onlyGrade 425 000 test cycles, for light duty hinges on windows and doorsGrade 7200 000 test cycles, for medium. heavy and severe duty hinges on doors only
Digit 3 - Test door massEight door mass grades related to single-axis hinges areidentified in this ro ean standard as sho n elo .
Test door mass grade Door mass0 10 kg1 20 kg2 40 kg3 60 kg4 80 kg5 100 kg6 120 kg7 160 kg
62
Grade 1Suitable for applications requiring a degree of security. An-nex C of this European standard details the hinge grade to use for the level of security required.
Digit 8 - Hinge gradeo rteen rades are identified in this ro ean standard and
are detailed below.
GRADE USAGE TEST CYCLES DOOR MASS1 WINDOW 10 000 10 KG2 WINDOW 10 000 20 KG
4 DOOR 200 000 20 KG5 WINDOW 10 000 40 KG
7 DOOR 200 000 40 KG8 WINDOW 10 000 60 KG
10 DOOR 200 000 60 KG11 DOOR 200 000 80 KG12 DOOR 200 000 100 KG13 DOOR 200 000 120 KG14 DOOR 200 000 160 KG
i it S ita ilit o fi e o e oo eo rades o s ita ilit are identified or sin le a is hin es
Grade 0ot s ita le or fire s o e resistant door asse lies
Grade 1ita le or fire s o e resistant door asse lies s ect to
satisfactory assessment of the contribution of the single-axis hin e to the fire resistance o the s ecified fire s o e door assemblies. Such assessment is beyond the scope of this European standard (see EN 1634-1)
Digit 5 - SafetySingle-axis hinges are required to satisfy the essential re-quirements of safety in use. Therefore, only grade 1 is iden-tified.
Digit 6 - Corrosion resistancei e rades o corrosion resistance are identified in accord-
ance ith rade o defined corrosion resistance.
Grade 1 Mild resistance.Grade 2 Moderate resistance.Grade 3 High resistance.Grade 4 Very high resistance
Digit 7 - Securityo rades o sec rit are identified or sin le a is hin es
Grade 0Not suitable for use on burglar-resistant door assemblies
HANDING OF HINGESLoose joint hinges, pivot reinforced, electric, etc. are handed and sho ld e s ecified ri ht or le t hand.The hand of a hinge is determined from the outside of the door to which it is applied
TIP OPTIONSInstitutions often require hospital type tips (barrel ends slo ed a in it di c lt to attach ro e earin a arel etc. Flat button tip is universally used as standard.
SPECIAL HINGE TYPESRaised barrel, electric hinges, pivot reinforced hinges, hinges with non-removable pins, security studs, etc.
GENERAL HINGE INFORMATIONThere are a few factors determining proper hinge selection.
THE APPLICATIONPrimary consideration is given to the type of door and frame or selection o a ro er hin e confi ration.
THE HINGE SIZEDetermined by door size, thickness, weight, frequency of use, and clearance required.
THE HINGE TYPEThe weight of the door and frequency of use determine whether a heavy weight, standard weight or a plain bearing hinge should be used. Heavy weight hinges should always be used on heavy doors and doors where high frequency is expected.
WHICH METAL AND FINISHDetermined by considerations such as atmospheric condi-tions, location of doors, or special conditions as in chemical laboratories, sewage disposal plants, etc.While ferrous metal can be given a good rust-resisting base, it cannot be given the same absolute guarantee against rust as nonferrous metals and should not be used for extreme exposure.
HINGES
INFORMATION
REVERSE REVERSE
OUTSIDE
OUTSIDE
64
NUMBER OF HINGES REQUIREDUse two hinges on doors 1000 x 2000 mm with app. 1435 mm between them.
Please note, that especially in public buildings where extra loads are incurred due to the high opening frequency and stress which is not always calculable (kindergarten, barracks etc. s cientl di ensioned hin es sho ld e sed e en if this would not have been necessary merely based on the door weight as such.
LOCATION OF HINGES ON DOOR
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
BALL BEARING HINGEblaugelb® high action ball bearing butt hinge suitable for sever duty applications and for usage on doors
here hi h re enc is e ected s ch as entrance doors to o ce ildin s stores lic ildin s and corridor entrance doors to o ces. n accordance ith hi h er or ance tt hin e for wooden or metal doors.
lied in di erent si es.
1013
1013.000X
MATERIALStainless Steel
DOOR WEIGHT120 Kg
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
DIMENSION
SUITABILITYire o e doors
FLANGE THICKNESS3 mm
FINISHSSS, PVD, PSS, AB
EDGESSquare
PERFORMANCE TEST200,000 Cycles
BALL BEARING HINGE
EN1935
BS EN
7 13041164 -
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired size of hinge
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
66
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1013
MANUFACTURERGB Messenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
blaugelb® do le action s rin hin e or ooden doors and or sh ooden doors that s in in oth directions. are typically used on institution doors, restaurant doors and bar doors that open in both directions.
lied in di erent si es.
DOUBLE ACTION SPRING HINGE
MATERIALStainless Steel
DOOR WEIGHT
OPENING ANGLE180. swing on both sides
DOOR THICKNESS to to to
DOOR HEIGHT
DOOR WIDTH
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
DOUBLE ACTION SPRING HINGE 75
1013.001X
EN1935
BS EN
- ------- -
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired size of hinge
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
HINGESblaugelb® single action spring hinge is for wooden or steel frames and for wooden or steel interior doors.
Rising and falling hinges are suitable for the doors opening or closing at a certain angle lower or higher then the ra e or ooden or etal ra es and or ooden or etal sh doors.
Both hinges types are suitable for DIN left and right hand doors
1013
SINGLE ACTION SPRING HINGE
RISING AND FALLING HINGE
1013.0020
1013.0021
MATERIALStainless Steel
DOOR WEIGHT
KNUCKLE18 mm
FLANGE THICKNESS3,5 mm
FLANGE WIDTH40 mm
BEARINGFriction free earing technology
ADJUSTMENTAdjustable spring force
NOTESupplied in packages of 1 pcs.
MATERIALStainless Steel
DOOR WEIGHT
KNUCKLE16 mm
FLANGE THICKNESS3 mm
PIN10 mm
BEARINGFixed pin
OPENING ANGLE180
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
68
1013
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERDENI GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
DOUBLE ACTION SPRING HINGE 29/75eni do le action s rin hin e is or ooden doors and or sh ooden doors.aila le in di erent si es.
1013
DOUBLE ACTION SPRING HINGE 29/75
1013.012X
MATERIALStainless Steel
DOOR WEIGHT
OPENING ANGLE180 swing on both sides
DOOR THICKNESS to to to to to to
DOOR HEIGHT
DOOR WIDTH
EN1935
BS EN
- ------- -
NOTESupplied in packages of 1 pcs.
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired size of hinge
70
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Design meets function. TECTUS enables the optimal integration of unrebated doors in straight line and s r ace sh roo str ct res. he co letel concealed hin e s ste acce ts load ca acities of up to 300 kg, enables an opening angle of 180 degrees and can be used on timber, steel and alu-minium frames. The three-dimensional adjustability and maintenance-free slide bearing technology of TECTUS are used for high-quality residential doors and functional heavy-duty doors.
o letel concealed hin e or nre ated and re ated sh doors ith ti er steel and al ini ra es. aintenance ree slide earin s three di ensionall ad sta le side hei ht
co ression .
MANUFACTURERSIMONSWERK GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1013
TECTUS 240 3D
1013.023A
EN1935
BS EN
CONCEALED HINGE
MATERIALStainless Steel
DOOR WEIGHTUp to 40 KG
OPENING ANGLE180
DOOR WIDTH18 mm
FRAME WIDTH21 mm
CUTTER DIAMETER16 mm
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
OVERALL LENGTH155 mm
NOTESupplied in packages of 1 pcs.
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired size of hinge
R25745
20min UL
7 70-1022ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATINGNOTE
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
7 11a0-1143
MANUFACTURERSIMONSWERK GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
CONCEALED HINGEDesign meets function. TECTUS enables the optimal integration of unrebated doors in straight line and s r ace sh roo str ct res. he co letel concealed hin e s ste acce ts load ca acities of up to 300 kg, enables an opening angle of 180 degrees and can be used on timber, steel and alu-minium frames. The three-dimensional adjustability and maintenance-free slide bearing technology of TECTUS are used for high-quality residential doors and functional heavy-duty doors.
Completely concealed hinge for unrebated doors with timber, steel and aluminium frames. Mainte-nance ree slide earin s three di ensionall ad sta le side hei ht co res-sion
1013MATERIAL
Stainless Steel
DOOR WEIGHTUp to 80 KG
OPENING ANGLE180
DOOR WIDTH28 mm
FRAME WIDTH28 mm
CUTTER DIAMETER24 mm
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
OVERALL LENGTH160 mm
Supplied with screws and cover cap
1935
R25745
20min UL
TECTUS 340 3D
1013.023B
72
FACTS
NOTE
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Design meets function. TECTUS enables the optimal integration of unrebated doors in straight line and s r ace sh roo str ct res. he co letel concealed hin e s ste acce ts load ca acities of up to 300 kg, enables an opening angle of 180 degrees and can be used on timber, steel and alu-minium frames. The three-dimensional adjustability and maintenance-free slide bearing technology of TECTUS are used for high-quality residential doors and functional heavy-duty doors.
Completely concealed hinge for unrebated doors with timber, steel and aluminium frames. Mainte-nance ree slide earin s three di ensionall ad sta le side hei ht co -ression
1013
MANUFACTURERSIMONSWERK GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1935
R25745
20min ULSupplied with screws and cover cap
CONCEALED HINGE
TECTUS 540 3D
1013.023C
7 13111164
MATERIALStainless Steel
DOOR WEIGHTUp to 120 KG
OPENING ANGLE180
DOOR WIDTH32 mm
FRAME WIDTH32 mm
CUTTER DIAMETER24 mm
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
OVERALL LENGTH200 mm
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATINGNOTE
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
- -------
Build to last - three knuckle detention hinge. Concealed, maintenance free bearing.
Welded, anti-ligature, hospital tips and welded knuckles. Several options include security, torx screws, electric monitor (EMN), electric through wire (ETW), electric through wire and monitor (ETM), reverse safety stud (RSS) and safety stud (SS).
1013MATERIAL
Stainless Steel
DOOR WEIGHTUp to 130 KG
HOLE COUNT8
PIN DIAMETER8 mm
FRAME WIDTH-
CUTTER DIAMETER-
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
OVERALL LENGTH114 mm
ANTI-LIGATURE HINGE
Supplied with self securing screws
HAGER IHTAB850
1013.0004
MANUFACTURERHager Inc.
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUSA
WARRENTY10 years
1935
A8111
74
PULL HANDLES
NOTE
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
ITEM NUMBERS
Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the desired length.
gbm-solutions.com
The pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.
Pull handle ø19 mm straight, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle ø25 mm straight, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304
PULL HANDLE STRAIGHT
1014
MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainless Steel
FINISHSatin or polished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
DIMENSIONSø19 mmø25 mm
LENGTHS
PULL HANDLE STRAIGHT Ø25 MM
PULL HANDLE STRAIGHT Ø19 MM
1014.000X
1014.001X
Supplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
76
FACTS
NOTE
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
ITEM NUMBERS
Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the
desired length.
1014
MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALStainless Steel
FINISHSatin or polished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
DIMENSIONSø19 mmø25 mm
LENGTHS
Supplied with screws for mounting
PULL HANDLE MITREDThe pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.
Pull handle ø19 mm mitred, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle ø25 mm mitred, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304
PULL HANDLE MITRED Ø25 MM
PULL HANDLE MITRED Ø19 MM
1014.002X
1014.003X
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
NOTE
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
ITEM NUMBERS
Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the desired length.
gbm-solutions.com
The pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.
Pull handle 20 x 20 mm, square, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle 25 x 25 mm, square, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304
PULL HANDLE SQUARE
1014MATERIAL
Stainless Steel
FINISHSatin or polished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
DIMENSIONS20 x 20 mm25 x 25 mm
LENGTHS
MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
PULL HANDLE SQUARE 20 x20 MM
PULL HANDLE SQUARE 25 x 25 MM
1014.004X
1014.005X
Supplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
78
FACTS
NOTE
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
ITEM NUMBERS
Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the
desired length.
1014MATERIALStainless Steel
FINISHSatin or polished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
DIMENSIONS20 x 20 mm25 x 25 mm
LENGTH
PULL HANDLE RECTANGULARThe pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.
Pull handle 20 x 20 mm, rectangular, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle 25 x 25 mm, rectangular, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304
MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
PULL HANDLE RECTANGULAR 25 x 25 MM
PULL HANDLE RECTANGULAR 20 x 20 MM1014.006X
1014.007X
Supplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
NOTE
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
ITEM NUMBERS
Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the desired length.
gbm-solutions.com
The pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.
Pull handle ø19 mm, T shape, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle ø25 mm, T shape, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304
PULL HANDLE T SHAPE
1014MATERIAL
Stainless Steel
FINISHSatin or polished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
DIMENSIONSø19 mm
LENGTHS cc cc
MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
PULL HANDLE T SHAPE Ø19 MM
PULL HANDLE T SHAPE Ø25 MM
1014.008X
1014.009X
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
MATERIALStainless Steel
FINISHSatin or polished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
DIMENSIONSø25 mm
LENGTHS cc cc cc
Supplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
80
FACTS
NOTE
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
ITEM NUMBERS
Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the
desired length.
1014MATERIALStainless Steel
FINISHSatin or polished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
DIMENSIONSø30 mm
LENGTH cc cc cc cc cc
PULL HANDLE T SHAPEThe pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.
Pull handle ø30 mm, T shape, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle ø32 mm, T shape, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304
MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
PULL HANDLE T SHAPE 32 MM
PULL HANDLE T SHAPE 30 MM1014.010X
1014.011XTECHNICAL INFORMATION
MATERIALStainless Steel
FINISHSatin or polished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
DIMENSIONSø32 mm
LENGTH cc cc cc
Supplied with screws for mounting
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
NOTE
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
ITEM NUMBERS
Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the desired length.
gbm-solutions.com
Lockable pull handles from Hermat in Germany with key and turn and 5 pin cylinder.
ll handle ro nd ar cc ac to ac fi in in ilt loc in s ste satin stain-less steel
ll handle s are ar cc ac to ac fi in in ilt loc in s ste satin stainless steel.
PULL HANDLES LOCKABLE
1014MATERIAL
Stainless Steel
FINISHSatin or polished
MOUNTINGolt thro h fi in
GLASS DOOR THICKNESS8-12 mm
DIMENSIONSø25 mm
LENGTHScc total
LOCKINGSYSTEMKey & turn, 5 pin cylinder
MANUFACTURERHERMAT
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
PULL HANDLE ROUND T-BAR WITH LOCK Ø25 MM
PULL HANDLE SQUARE T-BAR WITH LOCK Ø25 MM
1014.1000
1014.1001
Supplied with screws for mounting
82
FACTS
NOTE
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
ITEM NUMBERS
Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the
desired length.
1014
MANUFACTURERCOMIT
COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly
WARRENTY5 years
Design pull handles from Comit in Italy with that special Italian feel.
Pull handle, Model Square in satin stainlees steel, round roses and square handle.
ll handle odel na e in i colo r stainlees steel satin olished a handle and ro nd roses.
DESIGN PULL HANDLES
MATERIALStainless Steel
FINISHSatin
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
LENGTH cc cc
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
MATERIALStainless Steel
FINISHatin olished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
LENGTH cc cc
PULL HANDLE SNAKE
PULL HANDLE SQUARE 1014.200X
1014.201X
Supplied with screws for mountingaila le in other finishes on re est
NOTE
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
ITEM NUMBERS
Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the desired length.
gbm-solutions.com
Design pull handles from Comit in Italy with that special Italian feel.
Pull handle, semi circle, Model Arco in polished brass.
Pull handle, semi circle with roses, Model Luna in polished brass.
DESIGN PULL HANDLES
1014MATERIAL
Brass
FINISH Polished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
LENGTH cc
MANUFACTURERCOMIT
COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly
WARRENTY5 years
PULL HANDLE ARCO
PULL HANDLE LUNA
1014.202A
1014.203A
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
MATERIALBrass
FINISH Polished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
LENGTH cc
Supplied with screws for mounting.aila le in other finishes on re est
84
FACTS
NOTE
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
ITEM NUMBERS
Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the
desired length.
1014
MANUFACTURERCOMIT
COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly
WARRENTY5 years
Design pull handles from Comit in Italy with that special Italian feel.
ll handle odel l in olished rass ro nd roses and at a handle.
Pull handle, Model Venice in antique brass, sculptured handle and round roses.
DESIGN PULL HANDLES
MATERIALStainless Steel
FINISHSatin
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
LENGTH cc
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
MATERIALStainless Steel
FINISHatin olished
MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in
back to back or on roses
LENGTH cc
PULL HANDLE VENICE
PULL HANDLE FLY1014.204A
1014.205A
Supplied with screws for mountingaila le in other finishes on re est
LOCK CASES
Digit 1 - Category of use classes are identified.
lass sed eo le ith a hi h incenti e to a care l application, where misuse or risks are less possi-ble, e.g. interior residential doors.
lass sed eo le ith a little incenti e to a care l application, where misuse or risks are possible, e. . o ce doors.
lass sed eo le ith little incenti e to a care l application, where misuse or risks are more possi-ble, e.g. doors in public buildings.
Digit 2 - Durability rades are identified ith ini i fi res ith dead olt
and sniob operation, and latch bolt operation with and with-out side load as shown. The side load is applied to the latch bolt when it is being withdrawn.
lass tested c cles no stress on latch oltlass tested c cles no stress on latch oltlass tested c cles no stress on latch oltlass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt
ol tions o ers a lar e ran e o di erent loc cases to support the entire range of door levers, knobs, sliding hardware and other unsprung hardware furniture. Quality, security and testet performance goes hand in hand. Lock cases are testet and classifed according to DIN EN 12209.
DIN EN 12209 - BUILDING HARDWAREThis standard is valid for mechanically operated locks and their strike plates that can be installed in the doors, windows and entrance doors.
he standard s ecifies testin roced res and re ire ents ith re ard to
• Durability• Strength• rotection e ect• ecti eness
The current DIN EN 12209 was published in March 2004 and has the stat s o a national standard. nne fire resist-ance requirements) - this standard is harmonized and must be used in Europe.
The standard stipulates that all products tested should be classified in accordance ith an di it s ste .
CLASSIFICATIONS
STANDARDS
88
Digit 3 - Door mass and closing force rades are identified ith a i fi res or closin
force at various door masses.ote losin orce is ro a standin start i.e. ll e tend-
ed latch bolt in contact with striking plate at start of test.
Digit 4 - Fire resistance rades are identified
lass ot a ro ed or se on fire s o e doorslass llo a le or se on fire s o e doors hs class classification eans onl that the loc has een
desi ned or se on fire s o e control doors. he act al fire test a ro al ill e contained in a se erate fire test re ort.
Digit 5 - Safety No requirements
Digit 6 - Corrosion resistance rades are identified
lass o defined corrosion resistance. o defined te erat relass o corrosion resistance no defined te erat relass ild corrosion resistance no defined te erat relass i h corrosion resistance no defined te erat relass er hi h corrosion resistance. o defined te ert relass ild corrosion resistance te erat re re ire ent
et een lass i h corrosion resistance te erat re re ir ent
et een lass er hi h corrosion resistance te erat re re ire
ent et een
Digit 7 - Security and drill resistance rades are identified ith ini fi res or re ire-
ments relating to physical attack - with or without drilling of the lock case.
lass in. anti r lar e ect itho t drill resistancelass o anti r lar e ect itho t drill resistancelass ild anti r lar e ect itho t drill resistancelass i h anti r lar e ect itho t drill resistancelass i h anti r lar e ect ith drill resistancelass er hi h anti r lar e ect .o drill resistancelass er hi h anti r lar e ect ith drill resistance
Digit 8 - Field of door operation rades are identified or di erin a lications. he rad-
ing determins which application is appropiate.
i it e ope ation an loc in rades are identified or di erin t es o e o erations.
The grading determins how the lock is assessed for dead-locking requirement as shown. In addition, there is a max-imum key torque operating requirements of 1,5Nm and a minimum key strenght requirement of 2,5Nm.
lass not a lica lelass c linder loc an al loc in echanislass c linder loc a to atic loc in echanislass c linder loc an al loc in echanis ith in
between lockinglass ch loc an al loc in echanislass ch loc a to atic loc in echanis
TYPE OF DOORThe choice of mortise lock also depends on the type of the door
Profile of a rebated door with mortise lock (forend protruding at one side)
Profile of a flush door with mortise lock (forend protruding at both sides)
STANDARDIZATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH DIN
Mortise locks can be tested according to DIN 18251 and as-si ned to loc cate ories
lass ch loc an al loc in echanis ith inbetween locking
lass loc itho t e o eration an al loc in echa nism
lass loc itho t e o eration a to atic loc in ech anism
Digit 10 - Spindle operation rades are identifiedlass loc itho t hlass loc or handle or no o eration ith d ra le
springlass loc or handle o eration itho t d ra le s rinlass loc or no o eration ith hi her stress and
heavy durable springlass loc or s ecial handle o eration desi ned ro
ducers) with higher stress and heavy durable spring
i it e i entification rades are identified relatin to the n ero di ers and
levers. Grade o relates to a latch with no locking action.lass no indicated re ire entslass at least t lerslass at least t lerslass at least t lers ith e tended loc in dis arities lass at least t lerslass at least t lers ith e tended loc in dis aritieslass at least t lerslass at least t lers ith e tended loc in dis aritieslass at least t lers ith e tended loc in dis arities
CLASSIFICATIONS
STANDARDS
90
STANDARDIZATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH DIN
Mortise locks can be tested according to DIN 18251 and as-si ned to loc cate ories
Grade 1• Lock for interior doors (interior door lock for infrequent-
ly used door)• Backset 55 mm• Lock cover secured in two places• Max. door weight 40 kg *)• Infrequent use
Grade 2• Lock for more frequently used interior doors (interior
door lock)• Backset 55 mm• Lock cover secured in at least two places• Door weight 40 – 50 kg *• Standard use
Grade 3• Lock for external apartment doors• Backset 55 mm• Lock cover secured in at least three places• Door weight 50 – 60 kg *• Moderate use• e tested accordin to ith fir l � ed
fittin s ith latch olt o erations and deadbolt operations
Grade 4• Lock for high user frequency and increased burglary
prevention• Backset 55 – 100 mm• Lock cover secured in at least three places• Door weight greater than 60 kg *• Frequent use• e tested accordin to ith fir l � ed
fittin s ith latch olt o erations and deadbolt operations
Grade 5• Lock for high user frequency and increased burglary
prevention• Backset 55 – 100 mm• Lock cover secured in at least three places• Door weight greater than 60 kg *• Frequent use• e tested accordin to ith fir l � ed
fittin s ith latch olt o erations and deadbolt operations.
*The door weight refers to a standard door with size 2 x 1 m
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
SAG mortice latchlock with reversable latchbolt, for inner doors with reversable latch. Complies spec-ified re ire ents and test ethods or the d ra ilit stren th sec rit and nction o e-chanically operated locks and latches and their locking plates for use in doors. The forend of the SAG lockcase is stainless steel, the lock case itself as well as latch and dead bolt are made of steel. Is com-patible for both DIN left and right handed doors. Latchlock 1 8588FW is suitable for the integration in fire and or s o e rotection doors assed in. fire resistance test
Backset is 55, 60 and 65 mm. e er ollo er is ith steel inserts � ed in etal rin s
Deadbolt is with 2 throw.Forenend is either rounded or square - 24 mm.
BATHROOM LOCK - #1 418800
1015
MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
NOTESupplied with self securing screws.inish tanless teel rass other finishes
made to order.
3 B1C005S G 02
LOCK CASES FOR RESIDENTIAL DOORS
APPLICATIONBathroom doors
CENTER TO CENTER78 mm
COMPATIBILITYWC Rose
KEY ACTION-
DEADLOCK - #1 7588RO
1015.0001
1015.0002
APPLICATIONFlush doors
CENTER TO CENTER72 mm
COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder
KEY ACTION-
BS EN
3 B2C005S C 00
BS EN
LATCHLOCK - #1 8588FW
1015.0003
APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors
CENTER TO CENTER72 mm
COMPATIBILITY-
KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt
BS EN
3 B-C015S C 02
92
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1015
MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
LOCK CASES FOR RESIDENTIAL DOORSSAG mortice latchlock with reversable latchbolt, for inner doors with reversable latch. Complies spec-ified re ire ents and test ethods or the d ra ilit stren th sec rit and nction o e-chanically operated locks and latches and their locking plates for use in doors. The forend of the SAG lockcase is stainless steel, the lock case itself as well as latch and dead bolt are made of steel. Is compatible for both DIN left and right handed doors. Sashlock 1 8588WO is suitable for the integration in fire rotection doors assed in. fire resistance test
Backset is 55, 60 and 65 mm. e er ollo er is ith steel inserts � ed in etal rin s
Deadbolt is with 2 throw.Forenend is either rounded or square - 24 mm.
SASHLOCK - #1 8588W0
1015.0004
APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors
CENTER TO CENTER72 mm
COMPATIBILITYro rofile linder
KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt
3 B2C015S C 02
BS EN
NOTESupplied with self securing screws.
inish tanless teel rass other finishes are made to order.
APPLICATIONSwing doors
CENTER TO CENTER72 mm
COMPATIBILITYro rofile linder
KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt
- ------- - --
BS EN
ROLLERLATCH -SASHLOCK - #1 717800
1015.0005
NIGHT LATCH - #1 7470WK
1015.0006
APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors
CENTER TO CENTER72 mm
COMPATIBILITYro rofile linder
KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt
3 B-C005S C 02
BS EN
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1015
MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
NARROW STILE DEADLOCK - #1 841000
Compact Class sashlock in accordance to DIN EN 12209 (class 3-00C3BA00) for narrow stile doors, for e ro rofile c linder dead olt ith antisa rotection.
The forend of the SAG lockcase is stainless steel, the lock case itself as well as latch and dead bolt are made of steel. Is compatible for both DIN left and right handed doors.
Backset is 30 and 35 mm. e er ollo er is ith steel inserts � ed in etal rin s
Deadbolt is with is with 2 throw.Forenend is 24 x 3 mm.
LOCK CASES FOR NARROW STILE DOORS
APPLICATIONNarrow stile doors
CENTER TO CENTER-
COMPATIBILITY-
KEY ACTION-
BS EN
3 B3C005S A 02
LATCHLOCK - #1 8407WO
1015.0008
1015.0007
APPLICATIONNarrow stile doors
CENTER TO CENTER92 mm
COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder
KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt
BS EN
3 B4C005S A 02
NOTESupplied with self securing screws.inish tanless teel rass other finishes
made to order.
94
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
BATHROOM LOCK
blaugelb® mortice latchlock with reversable latchbolt, for inner doors with reversable latch. The lock-case is made of steel with latch and deadbolt of steel and forend in stianless steel. Finish is either stiainless steel or brass. For either DIN left or right handed doors.
Backset is 55 mm Leverfollower is 8 mm Deadbolt is with 2 throw.Forenend is either rounded or square - 24 mm.
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1015
- ------- - --
LOCK CASES FOR RESIDENTIAL DOORS
APPLICATIONBathroom doors
CENTER TO CENTER78 mm
COMPATIBILITYWC Rose
KEY ACTION-
BS EN
1015.1000
NOTESupplied with self securing screws.
ther finishes ade to order.
DEADLOCK
1015.1001
- ------- - --
APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors
CENTER TO CENTER72 mm
COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder
KEY ACTION-
BS EN
LATCHLOCK
1015.1002
- ------- - --
APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors
CENTER TO CENTER72 mm
COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder
KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt
BS EN
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
SASHLOCK - NON FIRE RATED/NON EN
1015
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
SASHLOCK
blaugelb® mortice latchlock with reversable latchbolt, for inner doors with reversable latch. The lock-case is made of steel with latch and deadbolt of steel and forend in stianless steel. Finish is either stiainless steel or brass. For either DIN left or right handed doors.
Backset is 55 mm Lever follower is 8 mm Deadbolt is with 2 throw.Forenend is either rounded or square - 24 mm.
LOCK CASES FOR RESIDENTIAL DOORS
APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors
CENTER TO CENTER72 mm
COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder
KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt
BS EN
APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors
CENTER TO CENTER85 mm
COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder
KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt
BS ENBackset is 45 mm Forenend is either rounded or square - 22 mm.
NOTESupplied with self securing screws.
ther finishes ade to order.
1015.1003
1015.1003
HEAVY DUTY ROLLER LATCH
1015.1004
APPLICATIONSwing doors
COMPATIBILITYNot lockable
BS EN
Forenend is square - 22 mm.
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
96
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERCOMIT SRL
COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly
WARRENTY5 years
APPLICATIONSliding doors
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSø75 mm
Sliding door kits with lock case, striking plate, sliding handles and finger pull, all made in Italy with that special Italian feel to it.
Sliding door kit round, with thumb turn and button with lock and finger pull.
Sliding door kit square, with thumb turn and button with lock and finger pull.
SLIDING DOOR KITS
SLIDING DOOR KIT ROUND
1015.2000
1015
APPLICATIONSliding doors
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS75 x 75 mm
SLIDING DOOR KIT SQUARE
1015.2001
NOTESupplied with self securing screws.
ther finishes ade to order.
- ------- - --
BS EN
- ------- - --
BS EN
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1015
MANUFACTURERCOMIT SRL
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
Sliding door kits with lock case, striking plate, sliding handles and finger pull, all made in Italy with that special Italian feel to it.
Sliding door kit oval, with thumb turn and button with lock and finger pull.
Sliding door kit rectangular, with thumb turn and button with lock and finger pull.
SLIDING DOOR KITS
NOTESupplied with self securing screws.
ther finishes ade to order.
SLIDING DOOR KIT OVAL
1015.2002
SLIDING DOOR KIT RECTANGULAR
1015.2003
APPLICATIONSliding doors
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS39 x 125 mm
APPLICATIONSliding doors
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS22 x 125 mm
- ------- - --
BS EN
- ------- - --
BS EN
98
CYLINDERS
1016
Digit 5 - SafetyNo requirement
Digit 6 - Corrosion and temperature resistance rades are identified.
Grade 0 No corrosion or temperature resistance requirementGrade A EN 1670 grade 3 corrosion resistance (96 H NSS)
No temperature resistance requirementsrade o corrosion resistance resistance to
temperature extremesrade rade corrision resistance resistance
to te erat re e tre es
Note. No distinction is made between the inside and the out-side o either the c linder and or the door. n co letion o the test, the cylinder must operate.
Digit 7 - Key related securityConsists of a combination of several requirements.
a e in n e o e ecti e in n e o o in
i e ent e chan e pin t le
1 100 22 300 33 15.000 54 30.000 55 30.000 66 100.000 6
NoteVarious safety mechanisms integrated in the locking cylinder
DIN EN 1303 - CYLINDERS FOR LOCKSThe cylinders that GBM Solutions supply all comply with DIN EN 1303 where applicable.
Digit 1 - Category of use cate or is identified.
Grade 1 For use by people with a high incentive to exercise care and with a small chance of misuse.
Digit 2 - Durability rades are identified accordin to the n er o test c -
cles achieved.Grade 4 25 000 cyclesGrade 5 50 000 cyclesGrade 6 100 000 cycles
Digit 3 - Door massNo requirement
Digit 4 - Fire resistance rades are identified.rade ot s ita le or fire s o e resistant door asse
bliesrade ita le or fire s o e resistant door asse lies
subject to satisfactory assessment of the contribu- tion o the c linder to the fire resistance o the
s ecified fire s o e door asse lies. ch assesment is beyond the scope of this European stand-ard (see EN 1634-1).box 4), it must be possible todemonstrate compliance with the Essential Requir-ements of the Construction Products(Amendments)Regulations.
CLASSIFICATIONS
STANDARDS
100
guarantee the maximum safety of a locking cylinder. Apart from a high number of pin tumblers, which reduce the risk of unauthorized unlocking, the following functions in particular re ent a orced o enin
Drilling protectionPull protection
i it ttac e i tanceConsists of a combination of several requirements.
Grade 0 1 2rillin ti e in. in.
Chissel attack - 30 blows 40 blows
Twisting attack - 20 twists 30 twists
Extraction(pull load) - 15 kN 15 kN
Torque - 20 Nm 30 Nm
TERMINOLOGYoc in c linders are cate ori ed accordin to
ont ie
ro rofile
Si e ie
Double cylinder Half cylinder
Thumb turn cylinder
he definition o i ortant co onents and characteristics of locking cylinders in this catalogue follows generally the ter inolo accordin to ith .
10161016
Which locking system is the right one for your requirements? Choosing a master key system presents a great challenge to those ho a e the decision as an di erences and enefitscan often only be found in a product’s technical features. However, choosing a MANUFACTURER is also the beginning ofa long partnership as security solutions also stand out be-cause they represent a highly safe investment and are de-signed for long-term use in a master key system.
How can we best help you in making your decision?he a c linders are de ided into di erent le els o se-
curity.
ro tandard thro h to re i the ec rit ra id o ers a clear classification o the di erent sec rit
le els and ser es as a ell defined ide.
You can rely on EVVA recommendations. Companies from all over the world place their trust in the EVVA locking systems.
MASTER KEY SYSTEMS
MASTER KEY
he s ste s o er a er hi h le el o sec rit ri ht ro the ground up. However, requirements regarding security, con-enience and or anisation are distinct or di erent ind stries
and building types. As a result of years of experience, we can recommend the locking system which will best meet your company’s requirements.
Master keying is commonly used in commercial buildings, where a single key known as the Grand Master key will open all doors within the building. Sub Master key groups can be created that open a selection of doors, and then service keys ein indi id al e s to o en s ecific doors onl .
102
FPS - FUNCTIONAL PROFILE SYSTEMThe FPS system stands out thanks to its protected, multi-le o erla in e rofile. ith its intersectin le els this rofile ens res e rotection to le al standards there
reducing the risk of duplication.
Operational reliabilityhe a thorisation eat res on the e are erified in the
loc c linder and hat s ore on t o sec rit le elsrotected e rofile s ste
Solid pin tumbler elements
he loc in s ste str ct re is ased on the rofile s ste and the tumbler components.
Wear resistanceA special feature of this system is the large key cross-sec-tion, which minimises wear and ensures that FPS does not malfunction.
CombinationsAfter preliminary planning, extensions can be added to lock-ing systems at any time. The split pin tumblers are scannedto verify lock authorisation.
Key copying protectionhe s ste eat res t o di erent t all e ecti e rotec-
tion mechanisms to protect against duplicated keys, illegalcopies and key tampering.
FPS
BodyDrilling protectionPins
otecte lon it inal p ofile
FPS CYLINDER
FPS CYLINDER LENGTHSThe cylinder lenghts for the FPS cylinder extend in 5 mm intervals.
10161016
EPS - EXTENDED PROFILE SYSTEMThe main feature of EPS is the patented, multiple overlap-in e rofile. his rofile ith intersectin le els ens res
key protection to legal standards, thereby reducing the risk of commercial replication and plagiarism.
Operational Reliabilityhe a thorisation eat res o the e are erified in the
lock cylinder – for as many as four security levels.• atented e rofile s ste• Solid pin tumbler elements• rans erse ri rofile on one or oth sides• 6-pin
Depending on complexity of requirements, the structure of the loc in s ste is ased on the rofile s ste the int ler ele ents and or the trans erse ri s.
Wear ResistanceA special feature of the system is the large key cross-sec-tion. This ensures that EPS functions fault-free and is hardlyprone to wear.
CombinatoricsThanks to a combination of various lock-query techniques, with EPS it is possible to both realise complex masterkey systems and to expand systems at any time. New lock-ing functions may be added easily.
EPS
MASTER KEY
BodyDrilling protectionPins
e ati e cont ol ele ent Si e a
EPS CYLINDER
EPS CYLINDER LENGTHSThe cylinder lenghts for the EPS cylinder extend in 5 mm intervals.
104
ICS - INNER CODE SYSTEMThe ICS key body features concealed, inner recesses which make unauthorised fabrication of duplicate keys virtuallyimpossible. The key’s bevelled tip, a proprietary develop-ment, makes insertion into the cylinder particularly easy.
Functional securityhe re ersi le e s ste o ers reat sec rit irt e o
three loc in technolo ies the ro en c r e s stea ro st len th ise rofile and a in s ste i ro ed ith inner recesses. Lock authorisation requests are performed in three rows through a total of 13 spring-loaded blocking pins and additionall ia the s eciall or ed len th ise rofile.• 2 rows of pins on the side with 10 nonsplit blocking pins
sense the curves on the key’s sides.• 1 centred row of pins with 3 tracking pins test the con-
cealed, inner recesses on the key’s narrow sides.
Wear resistanceA special nickel-silver alloy makes the key and the lock cyl-inder very durable and wear resistant. With the additionals r ace finish o the loc in ele ents the hi hest de ree o wear resistance is guaranteed in daily use.
CombinationsThe 10 blocking pin positions (5 pins per side) make a myri-ad o di erent loc in ele ents a aila le. he concealed re-cesses on the key’s back re sensed by 3 split tracking pins. This permits complex organisational locking systems with overlapping hierarchies to be implemented. The concealed,inner recesses and independent key curves are simultane-ously scanned by 13 spring-loaded locking elements.
ICS
BodyDrilling protectionControl baroc in ele ent
ICS CYLINDER
ICS CYLINDER LENGTHSThe cylinder lenghts for the ICS cylinder extend in 5 mm intervals.
10161016
MCS - MAGNETIC CODE SYSTEMThis unique locking technology is based on a combination of two locking technologies. Magnetic and mechanical coding provide a solution for complex and almost unlimited lockingauthorisation needs and requirements. Maximum protection against unauthorised key copying is provided by legal, or-ganisational, technical and technological measures.
Permanent magnet - by means of 4 double-sided magnet-ic tabs, which are independently magnetisable, the key is scanned 8. times. It is not possible to demagnetise these permanent magnets by using conventional methods. In ad-dition to the a netic codification le el the t o echanicalcodifications ens re • lon it dinal rofile and• locking elements for the incomparable MCS security
Operational reliabilitySituated in the cylinder, to the left and right of the key cham-ber, are 8 contactless and freely revolving magnetic rotors, which are assigned to the key’s 4 magnetic tabs. The mag-netic rotors are brought into locking position by matching the codification ith the e the o enin closin release takes place via the overlying mechanics. The special feature o each a netic field interacts ith the other fieldswhich guarantees utmost security!Furhermore, grooves are milled on both sides of the key - thus bringing the bolts into the locking position without using a spring force. Upon two complete turns of the key, the cod-ification is chec ed t ice inde endentl ro each other.
MCS
MASTER KEY
BodyHard metal elementsMagnetic rotorsoc in ele entoc in ele ent ith o e loa p otection
MCS CYLINDER
MCS CYLINDER LENGTHSThe cylinder lenghts for the ICS cylinder extend in 5 mm intervals.
106
STANDARD CYLINDERS
The cylinders that GBM Solutions supply are all available as double and half cylinders and some can also be supplied as thumb turn and WC cylinder. The lenght of our cylinders are di erent t co on or all is the inter als in hich they extend. Our cylinders are available in the following ver-sions
KEYED TO DIFFERlinders to di er are all o erated indi id al e s all di -
ferent to each other.
KEYED ALIKEIn keyed alike arrangements all cylinders are operated by the same key. This gives an arrangement where one key will open a group of locks. Not to be confues with a master keyed s ite. linders an also e e ed ali e to the e ro rofile oval or rim cylinders. This is usefull where a combination of lock cases are used.
COMMON ENTRANCE SUITEo on entrance or at entrance s ites are desi ned to en-
able a tenant to use the same key for his own private doors as well as doors common to other residents within the same building. Yhe common entrance deature can be incorporated within any master key suite.
Abrasion resistance eans o the a netic fields the a netic rotors are
brought into the locking position without contact and there-by without friction. This technology ensures the utmost abra-sion resistance! Also unique is the overload protection; upon the insertion of unauthorised keys, the applied strength does not push against the bolt elements, but rather is diverted into the body thanks to the overload protection. The perma-nent magnets are not susceptible to conventional magneticfields and arantee an e tre el lon li es an. en i the e is s ected to e tre e conditions the a netisation
holds forever.
o t o a e the a ehe ei ht rotors ha e access to di erent ositions on the
magnetic tabs via several recesses – and each one has adi erent ali n ent. h s there are an infinite n er o di erentl encoded e s.
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
e cels d e to its atented lti le o erla e rofile. thorisation is chec ed on se eral sec rit le els. he s ste has se eral enefits s ch as acti e scannin co onents and to additional scanning positions, solid, double-action pins that ensure optimum security, patented longi-t dinal rofile e s ith o ti ittin an le and inte rated chec or ta erin .
The system has technological, managed and legal key protection, thanks to copying protection, secu-rity card and patents. and ensures optimum wear resistance due to use of special nickel silver keys.
Available in compact and modular design and is patent protected until 2026.
EPS - EXTENDED PROFILE SYSTEM
MANUFACTUREREVVA GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria
WARRENTY5 years
NOTESupplied with 3 keys.
ther finishes ade to order.
1016
BS EN
6 26C-1-1 -
EPS - DZ DOUBLE CYLINDER
EPS - KDZ THUMB TURN CYLINDER
EPS - HZ HALF CYLINDER
1016.000EDZ
1016.000EKDZ
1016.000EHZ
MATERIALBrass
FINISHSatin nickel-plated
Satin brass
FUNCTIONALITY or ins ide ar
MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm
LOCKING SYSTEM ste
KEYNickel silver
KNOBSeveral types of knobs
available
SECURITY FEATURESLock security grade 6 as speci-
fied in (highest grade)
Attack resistance grade 2 as spec-ified in (highest grade)
or and fire and s o e doors approved to EN 1634-1
108
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
ICS - INNER CODE SYSTEMhe re ersi le e s ste ro ides e ecti e rotection than s to the ni e co ination o three
di erent loc in technolo ies he s eciall sha ed hard earin len th rofile the ti e tested curve system, which scans locking authorisation, and the improved pin system. This consists of con-cealed, inner recesses on the ICS key body - a unique feature not found anywhere else in the world. As a result, it is virtually impossible to MANUFACTURER unauthorised duplicate keys.
he enefits o the s ste are an s ch as a co ination o three loc in technolo ies o ti-mum key copying protection due to the concealed scanning features on the key - both legal key pro-tection (patents) and organisational key protection (security card). The system has a beautiful shaped design with reversible key and has optimum wear resistance thanks to resistant materials. Each locking system is unique.
NOTESupplied with 3 keys.
ther finishes ade to order.
1016
MANUFACTUREREVVA GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALBrass
FINISHSatin nickel-platedSatin brass
FUNCTIONALITY13 active, spring-loaded locking elements
MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm
LOCKING SYSTEMi h ca acit
KEYNickel silver
KNOBSeveral types of knobs available
SECURITY FEATURESLock security grade 6 as speci-fied in (highest grade)
Attack resistance grade 2 as spec-ified in (highest grade)
or and fire and s o e doors approved to EN 1634-1
BS EN
6 26C-1-1 -
ICS - DZ DOUBLE CYLINDER
1016.001IDZ
ICS - KDZ THUMB TURN CYLINDER
1016.001IKDZ
ICS - HZ HALF CYLINDER
1016.001IHZ
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MCS ensures triple security due to one magnetic and two mechanical codings. The cylinder plug fea-tures 8 rotating magnet rotors, which have 4 corresponding magnet pills in the key. When the key is ta en o t the rotors al a s end in a di erent osition. ach e a net ill can e a netised on both sides, separately from the others. If a key with appropriate magnetic coding is inserted, all the magnetic rotors are aligned with the locking position. Two control bars are pushed forward via radial trac s and the e o ens or loc s the door. echanical control ta es lace ia a rofile s ste len th rofile and a ositi e controlled loc in in scan on oth sides o the e ith ta erin control.
he enefits o are a on others the technolo ical rotection co rotection or anisational protection (security card) and legal key protection (patents) and the samarium cobalt 5 permanent magnets that ensure a long service life.
MCS - MAGNETIC CODE SYSTEM
MANUFACTUREREVVA GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria
WARRENTY5 years
NOTESupplied with 3 keys.
ther finishes ade to order.
1016MATERIAL
Brass
FINISHSatin nickel-plated
Satin brass
FUNCTIONALITY8 freely rotating, tamper-proof, mag-
netic locking elements (rotors)
MINIMUM LENGTH31 mm
LOCKING SYSTEMGMK, MK, KD, KA
KEYMagnetic & Mechanical
KNOBSeveral types of knobs
available
SECURITY FEATURESLock security grade 6 as speci-
fied in (highest grade)
Attack resistance grade 2 as spec-ified in (highest grade)
or and fire and s o e doors approved to EN 1634-1
BS EN
6 26C-1-1 -
MCS - DZ DOUBLE CYLINDER1016.002MDZ
MCS - KDZ THUMB TURN CYLINDER1016.002MKDZ
MCS - HZ HALF CYLINDER1016.002MHZ
110
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
FPS - FUNCTIONAL PROFILE SYSTEMThe mechanical FPS locking system is designed for use in buildings and systems with a well structured and optimally implemented lock authorisation hierarchy, as well as for coded individual locking. The
lti le o erla in e rofile ith the n ista a le stron asic rofile are the stren ths o this locking system.
The features of the system are multiple overlapping keyway with special locking elements against pick-ing. The drilling protection elements made from hardened steel in the locking cylinder plug and housingand the organisational key protection by security card. Furtheremore there is legal key protection by patent.
1016
MANUFACTUREREVVA GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria
WARRENTY5 years
BS EN
6 26C-1-1 -
NOTESupplied with 3 keys.
ther finishes ade to order.
MATERIALBrass
FINISHSatin nickel-platedSatin brass
FUNCTIONALITYPin tumbler system in compact design with 5 spring loaded pins
MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm
LOCKING SYSTEMGMK, MK, KD, KA
KEYNickel silver
KNOBSeveral types of knobs available
SECURITY FEATURESLock security grade 6 as speci-fied in (highest grade)
Attack resistance grade 2 as spec-ified in (highest grade)
or and fire and s o e doors approved to EN 1634-1
FPS - DZ DOUBLE CYLINDER
1016.003FDZ
FPS - KDZ THUMB TURN CYLINDER
1016.003FKDZ
FPS - HZ HALF CYLINDER
1016.003FHZ
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
o le linder an e o erated ith an a thorised e on one side and ith a at o ect on the Flex side.
EVVE HPM Padlock Secures elementary fastening devices, with round security shackle, operated on lo er s r ace e can onl e re o ed hen loc ed. he adloc can e fitted ith an rofile and in combination with masterkey planning.
WC CYLINDER AND HPM PADLOCK
MANUFACTUREREVVA GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIAL Stainless Steel
FINISHSatin nickel-plated
Satin brass
FUNCTIONALITY or ins sliders
MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm
CAM ROTATION360
CAM REMOVAL30
1016
HPM PADLOCK
DZ DOUBLE WC CYLINDER
MATERIAL Brass
FINISHSatin nickel-plated
SHACKLE DIAMETER8 mm
CLEARENCE HIGHT30 mm
CLEARENCE WIDTH25 mm
LOCKING ROTATION90
CAM REMOVAL45
BS EN
6 26C-1-1 -
NOTESupplied with 3 keys.
ther finishes ade to order.
1016.004DZWC
1016.005HPM
112
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
blaugelb® PZ double and half cylinder for mortice locks.
BLAUGELB® CYLINDERS
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALSolid brass body
FINISHSatin nickel-plated
Satin brass
FUNCTIONALITY ins sliders
MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm
LOCKING SYSTEM-
KEYNickel silver
NOTESupplied with 3 keys.
ther finishes ade to order.
1016
PZ HALF CYLINDER
PZ DOUBLE CYLINDER
1016.006DZ
1016.007HZ
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
114
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
NOTESupplied with 3 keys.
ther finishes ade to order.
1016
MANUFACTURERCES GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALBrass
FINISHSatin nickel-platedSatin brass
FUNCTIONALITY5 pins
MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm
LOCKING SYSTEMGMK
KEYNickel silver
CES double, half and thumb turn cylinder for mortice locks.
CES CYLINDERS
PZ DOUBLE CYLINDER
PZ THUMB TURN CYLINDER
PZ HALF CYLINDER
1016.008DZ
1016.009TDZ
1016.010HZ
ACCESS CONTROL
FROM PIN TO FINGERPRINT - SECURITY LEVEL OPTIONSAs part of an access control system, a reader or ID device is used to identify an individual’s “credentials” or “proof of identity”. The device may be a keypad, a card reader or a biometric reader. It allows the access controller to identify an individual and authorize or deny them entry into the re-stricted area. In order from the lowest level of security to the highest, here are the most common ID systems used for access control
PINSThe use of a PIN code entered into a keypad alone does not o er a reat a o nt o sec rit eca se it is eas or someone to see the PIN being entered. As there is no way of identifying how many people know the PIN, it is impossible to be aware in advance of a breach of security.
arcode s ste o ers a sli htl hi her le el o sec rit where a barcode on a card is read by a swipe reader or scanner. Although a lost or stolen card can be reported and consequently disabled, the level of security is still relatively weak as a barcode can be easily copied. In addition, where swipe style readers are used, the lifespan of the card will be limited by wear and tear.
a netic stri e card s ste s o er increased sec rit o er arcodes eca se it is ch ore di c lt to co or re-
produce the information contained on the magnetic stripe. However, the storage and reading methods used are still vul-nerable to determined fraudsters and the lifespan of the card will still be limited by wear and tear.
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS are classified nder the sa e classsifications as the door hard are in on hich the are inte rated. his eans that the access control systems supplied by GBM Solutions is classified accordin to c linder or loc s EN 18252 - locking cylinder for door locks, DIN EN 1906 - door handles and door knobs and DIN EN 179 apply for the equipement that we supply.
In addition more access control products are approved under the classification ildin hard are e-chatronic c linders. his standard s ecifies re ire ents for performance and testing of Mechatronic Cylinders and their e s and or electronic e s. t a lies to c linders or such locks designed to be normally used in buildings. It also applies to cylinders for use with other hardware products such as exit devices, door operators, etc. or monitoring fa-cilities and alarm systems.
This standard test and classify the products accroding to - amongst other - category of use, durability, mechanical key related security, system management and attack resistance. or classification re erence on the indi id al access control
systems and components supplied by us we kindly ask you to refer the individual catalogue pages.
CLASSIFICATIONS
STANDARDS
118
BIOMETRICSTherefore the use of biometrics - a means of registering a unique physical facet of the person as their identity, is an even more secure method of access control.io etric technolo ies no a aila le incl de fin er rint a-
cial recognition, iris recognition, retinal scan and hand ge-ometry. One of the most convenient and reliable of these s ste s is a fin er rint reader that can e sed or access control wherever high security is paramount, while smart card access can be used elsewhere on the same premises.
At GBM Solutions we are able to supply all of the above sys-te s and or co inations o s ste s to ens re o et the access control s ste that o need or that s ecific ro ect. Not two projects are alike and though years of experience we are able to tailor the system that will be right for your project.
RFID/NFCSmart card readers (RFID) and the use of NFC technology
here o r s art hone is sed or accessin o er a ch more secure system. Even the most basic proximity card systems use some method of authentication before read-in a card. t is er di c lt to co ro i it cards and the more advanced technologies use complex authentication systems to prevent unauthorized cards from being illegally enabled on a system.Contactless smart card technologies increase security by using even more sophisticated authentication methods to-gether with complex data encryption. Organizations such as banks and government departments generally use smart card technologies in their security systems.
Combining smart card with codes provides added security where lost and stolen cards can’t be used if the PIN is not no n. his is a si ilar conce t to that sed ith hi and
PIN’ bank cards. With even the highest levels of authenti-cation and encryption, there is no means of checking that a card, however smart, is being used by the rightful owner, even with an accompanying PIN.
Therefore the use of biometrics - a means of registering a unique physical facet of the person as their identity, is an even more secure method of access control.io etric technolo ies no a aila le incl de fin er rint a-
cial recognition, iris recognition, retinal scan and hand ge-ometry. One of the most convenient and reliable of these s ste s is a fin er rint reader that can e sed or access control wherever high security is paramount, while smart card access can be used elsewhere on the same premises.
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
DS200 locking unit with PIN code function as well as RFID programming and RFID master key function, captive keypad, matt Stainless Stell housing, installation on doors with mortice locks according to DIN
or fire rotection doors accordin to .
DS 300 locking unit with RFID with contactless alarm sensor. Matt Stainless Stell housing, installation on doors ith ortice loc s accordin to or fire rotection doors accordin to .
SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DS200
MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIAL Stainless Steel
FINISHSatin stainless steel
ANTENNA COVERPlastic
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
BATTERY TYPEStandard alkaline on the inside
of door
BATTERY LIFEApp. 3 years
OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius
PROTECTION CLASS IP43 according to
DIN 60529
DOOR THICKNESSFrom 38 mm to 86 mm
MODELSSAFE-O-TRONIC DS200 & DS 300
are available in 3 models with di erent classifications accordin to
DIN 1906
SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DS300
4 U041C-7
1017
SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DEVICES
NOTE is a ro ed or se on fire
and smoke protection doors as well as on emer-gency exit locks according to DIN EN 179.
1017.0005
1017.0006
120
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
DS400 locking unit with PIN code function as well as RFID programming and RFID master key function, captive keypad, matt Stainless Stell housing, installation on doors with mortice locks according to DIN
or fire rotection doors accordin to
DS 300 DND locking unit with RFID and do not disturb function, with contactless alarm sensor. Matt tainless tell ho sin installation on doors ith ortice loc s accordin to or fire ro-
tection doors according to DIN 18273.
1017
MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
4 U451C-7
MATERIAL Stainless Steel
FINISHSatin stainless steel
ANTENNA COVERPlastic
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
BATTERY TYPEStandard alkaline on the outside of door
BATTERY LIFEApp. 3 years
OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius
PROTECTION CLASS IP43 according to DIN 60529
DOOR THICKNESSFrom 38 mm to 86 mm
MODELSAFE-O-TRONIC D400i s available in 3
odels ith di erent classifications according to DIN 1906
SAFE-O-TRONIC DS300 DND is available in 1 model.
SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DS400
SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DS300 DND
NOTE is a ro ed or se on fire
and smoke protection doors as well as on emer-gency exit locks according to DIN EN 179.
1017.0007
1017.0008
4 U041C-7
SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DEVICES
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The digital anti panic euro profile cylinder has been specially developed for escape and rescue routes. The AP2 cylinder is freely rotating on both the sides so that the lock can be locked and unlocked from both the sides using an authorised transponder.
In addition to opening and closing locking devices, it also offers a large number of intelli-gent functions, such as access control with logging for up to 3,000 locking events, time zone control, event management and door monitoring, with the actual functions depending on the design fitted.Digital locking cylinder with sealed electronic component assembly for doors in accordance with DIN 18250 with Euro Profile locks in accordance with DIN 18251. It evaluates the radio signals from transponders and grants or refuses access.
ANTI PANIC & FD DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER
MANUFACTURERSIMONSVOSS GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1017
6 -26C-1-1
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin staineless steel
KNOB DIAMETER30 mm
BASIC INST. LENGTH30 - 30 mm
BATTERY TYPE2xLithium, 3V
BATTERY LIFE300,000 activations
OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius
PROTECTION CLASS IP54
NETWORKCan be directly networked with integratedLock Node (Network
Knob Cover WN(M).LN.I)
ANTI PANIC EURO PROFILE DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER
NOTEIs case of panic situation the door can be opened without a transponder using using the anti pani lock function.Supplied with 3 keys
1017.0100
1017.0101
FD EURO PROFILE DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER
122
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
DOOR MONITORING DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER Door monitoring cylinder is a new bench-mark in cylinder tecnology - apart from its normal locking and access control function, this cylinder also offers you a compact door monitoring system.
The digital locking half cylinder with locking and access control function, also offers you a compact door monitoring system.
1017
84
6 -26C-1-1
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin staineless steel
KNOB DIAMETER30 mm
BASIC INST. LENGTH30 - 35 mm
BATTERY TYPE2xLithium, 3V
BATTERY LIFE300,000 activations
OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius
PROTECTION CLASS IP54
NETWORKCan be directly networked with integratedLock Node (Network Knob Cover WN(M).LN.I)
MANUFACTURERSIMONSVOSS GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
EURO PROFILE DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER
EURO PROFILE HALF CYLINDER
NOTEA sensor in the fasteningscrew reliably mon-itors the door status and any changes to this status.
1017.0102
1017.0103
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
COMFORT DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER
MANUFACTURERSIMONSVOSS GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1017
6 -26C-1-1
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin staineless steel
KNOB DIAMETER30 mm
BASIC INST. LENGTH30 - 30 mm
BATTERY TYPE2xLithium, 3V
BATTERY LIFE300,000 activations
OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius
PROTECTION CLASS IP54
NETWORKCan be directly networked with
integratedLock Node (Network Knob Cover
WN(M).LN.I)
EURO PROFILE DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER
EURO PROFILE HALF CYLINDER
1017.0104
1017.0105
Is uniquly designed with features permanently engaged internal side, which is freely program-mable, provides access control and time zone management and events logging, protection.
Digital half cylinder with an enclosed electronics assembly for special applications, such as use on garage doors or in lockers, freely programmable, active transponder used as medium, access control, time zone management and events logging.
NOTEAs there is no wiring whatsoever, mounting and replacement is completed in next to no time, whether you are installing a cylinder for the first time or retrofitting
124
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1017
MANUFACTURERSIMONSVOSS GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
A digital “key” for all systems. Choose the optimum identification medium for your locking system and each task – an active transponder, PIN code keypad, a biometric wall reader or other devices. The freely programmable transmitters address locks via radio, secure against interception.
Ultra-slim PIN code keypad can be installed indoors as well as outdoors and can even attached to glass doors without any wiring. Provides greater security with the PIN code terminal, which can also be combined with the use of a transponder when the number combination is entered.
Battery operated and made from durable plast materials.
TRANSPONDER
ACTIVE IDENTIFICATION MEDIA
FINISHBlue, red and brown
DIMENSIONS42 x 13,7 mm
BASIC INST. LENGTHa . c to the loc in c linder
Smart Hand and max. 120 cm to Smart Relay
PROTECTION CLASS -
NETWORK-
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
FINISHSilver
DIMENSIONS96 x 95.7 x 14 mm
BASIC INST. LENGTHa . c to the loc in c linder
Smart Hand and max. 120 cm to Smart Relay
NUMBER OF KEYPAD USERS di erent s
NUMBER OF TERMINALUSERS
di erent s
SECURITYManipulation AlarmCable free surface mount
PIN CODE KEYPAD & TERMINAL
NOTEYou can block lost media and modify access authorisations quickly and conveniently just by clicking on the locking plan.
- --------
1017.0106
1017.0107
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Biometric Reader protects individual, restricted-access rooms with up to 50 users. An ID is allocated to each finger scanned into the system. This allows users to operate all SimonsVoss locking components using their fingerprint.
BIOMETRIC READER
MANUFACTURERSIMONSVOSS GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
NOTEBattery operated and installed without ca-bling, this reader is also highly suitable as a retrofit to existing 3060 systems
1017
- --------
FINISHSilver
DIMENSIONS96 x 95.7 x 21.5 mm
BASIC INST. LENGTHa . c to the loc in c linder
Smart Hand and max. 120 cm to Smart Relay
BATTERY TYPE1xLithium, 3V
BATTERY LIFE300,000 activations
OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius
ACTIVE IDENTIFICATION MEDIA
1017.0108
126
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1017
MANUFACTURERILOQ Ltd.
COUNTRY OF ORIGINFinland
WARRENTY5 years
CYLINDERSThe iLOQ K10 keys are battery-less operating digital keys with integrated SHA-1 Chip. As all keys are mechanically identical, no individual cut is needed. Made from stainless steel and compatible with all Iloq C10S.
he i loc c linder is co ati le ith ro rofile c linder standards ena lin eas installation to e istin ro rofile c linder en iron ents. ro ra a le sel o ered electro-mechanic lock cylinder
SECURITYSHA-1 crytographic engine, 64bit unique secret
ACCESS GROUPSMax 15 groups per key
PROGRAMMEDiLOQ S10 management software
iLOQ P10 programming devicevia iLOQ N001 network module
CATEGORYGrade 2
DURABILITYGrade 6 > 200.000 openings
TEMPRATURE to
ILOQ K10S 1 KEYS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
KNOB DIAMETER39,5 mm
PROGRAMIloq P10S programmer
BASIC INST. LENGTH30 mm (extendable with 5 or 10 mm pcs. )
AUDIT CAPACITY512-572 events
TEMPRATUREcelsius
CAPACITY128 entries
6 23FA4B1
NOTEThe award winning iLOQ S10 locking system offers advanced security and convenient ac-cess management for master-key locking environments.
ILOQ D10S 300
1017.0400
1017.0401
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERILOQ Ltd.
COUNTRY OF ORIGINFinland
WARRENTY5 years
NOTEOptional RTC (real time clock) enabling time restricted access as well as time stamped audit trail
1017
1017.0402
ILOQ D10S 200 - EUROPROFILE DOUBLE CYLINDER
The unique, patented, self-powered iLOQ D10S lock cylinder is powered by harvesting electricity from inserting of the iLOQ K10S key. Being self-powered, the iLOQ D10S cylinder eliminates work, costs, wastes and harms associated with battery powered or cabled solutions.
CYLINDERS
KNOB DIAMETER39,5 mm
PROGRAMIloq P10S programmer
BASIC INST. LENGTH30 mm
(extendable with 5 or 10 mm pcs. )
AUDIT CAPACITY512-572 events
TEMPRATUREcelsius
CAPACITY128 entries
ILOQ D10S 101 - EUROPROFILE HALF-CYLINDER WITH CONNECTORKNOB DIAMETER
39,5 mm
PROGRAMIloq P10S programmer
BASIC INST. LENGTH30 mm
(extendable with 5 or 10 mm pcs. )
AUDIT CAPACITY512-572 events
TEMPRATUREcelsius
CAPACITY128 entries
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
1017.0403
6 23FA4B1
128
1017
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Ball Contact 10405.11 is characterized particularly by its hardwearing design with steel ball and screw thread or e i le settin to a ide ran e o di erent door eo etries. i h s itchin o t t ste -lessly adjustable, long service life. Made from satin stainless steel and has a 1 million switching life span. Has a procetion class IP40
or direct o er trans ission ro the door ra e to the door lea . st resistant e i le etal hose. i in ca s or o ntin on door ra e and door lea r st resistant e i le etal hose
Concealed cable transition enables supply cables to be fed from the door frame to the door leaf safely and sec rel . he concealed fittin in the door re ate a es the s l ca le naccessi le hen the door is closed and is secure against tampering. Cable is protected by metal spiral hose. Made from stainless steel.
BALL CONTACT 10405.11
MANUFACTURER
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
CONTACT RATING
RESPONSE PATH1 mm
ADJUSTMENT PATH13 mm
DIAMETER18 mm
TYPE OF CONNECTIONScrew terminal
CONTACT TYPEChange-over contact
NOTE
CABLE CONNECTOR 10318
1017
MATERIALBrass
FINISHNickel coated
VERSIONor o en fittin
LENGTH30 mm
INSIDE DIAMETER7 mm
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
CONCEALED CABLE TRANSITION 0312.10INSTALLATION DISH
One sided
CABLE DIAMETER7 mm
MAX. HORIZONTAL ROTATION100 mm
MEASUREMENTS
FIRE RATED DOORSSuitable
1017.0200
1017.0202
1017.0201
130
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
NOTE
1017
MANUFACTURER
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
DOOR STRIKE BUTTON 1010
Push Button 1010 is a surface-mounted push-button with key symbol. Made from white plastic.
sh tton is a sh o nted sh tton ith e s ol ade ro hite lastic.
These stabilised power supply units are used for access control, escape route systems and electric strike systems where a low-noise locking component is required. Made from plastic. Protection class IP 20
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
MOUNTINGSurface mounted
WIDTH61 mm
HEIGHT61 mm
DEPTH22 mm
CONTACT TYPEChange-over contact
MOUNTINGFlush mounted
WIDTH81 mm
HEIGHT81 mm
DIAMETER55 mm
CONTACT TYPEChange-over contact
DOOR STRIKE BUTTON 1011
POWER SUPPLY 1003 12 VMOUNTING METHODTop hat rail
OVERLOAD PROTECTIONElectronic
MEASUREMENTS
PROTECTION RATING nstalation rotection
OPERATING VOLTAGE100-240 V AC
RATED OUTPUT15 W
RATED VOLTAGE12 V DC (regulated)
RATED CURRENTmax. 1.25 AA
1017.0203
1017.0204
1017.0205
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
VdS class A - The set consists of a round reed contact, permanent magnet, 2 flange casings, 2 surface mounted casings and 2 spacers, it is suitable surface mounted and mortise fitting in ood or al ini indo s and doors. ade ro re hite lastic ith a eter connection cable. Protection class IP 67
Holding magnet with a holding power of 6500 N - locking doors and gates outdoors, Water-proof for se o tdoors. ade ro stainless steel. rotection ratin . ta le or fire doors.
VdS class A magnet with 5000 N holding power - The set consists of a round reed contact, permanent Holding magnet suitable for locking doors, surface mounting with monitoring.
ade ro al ini . ita le or fire doors.
REED CONTACT MODEL 10380A
MANUFACTURER
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
NOTE
GATE MAGNET 6500 N
1017CONTACT RATING
SENSING DISTANCE15 mm
VdS CLASSClass A
VdS APPROVALG104729
WIRES2 wires
OPERATING TEMPRATURE0-40 Celcius
MEASUREMENTS
HALL SENSORNo
OPERATING VOLTAGE12 or 24 V DC
CURRENTCONSUMPTION 12 V DC
500 mA
CURRENTCONSUMPTION 24 V DC
250 mA
CONNECTION LEADapprox 90 cm
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
MAXI MAGNET 5000 N
MEASUREMENTS
HALL SENSORNo
RATED OPERATING VOLTAGE12 or 24 V DC
CURRENTCONSUMPTION 12 V DC
500 mA
CURRENTCONSUMPTION 24 V DC
250 mA
1017.0206
1017.0207
1017.0208
132
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
NOTE
1017
MANUFACTURER
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MINI MAGNET 3000N
Holding magnet with 3000 N holding power- locking doors and gates outdoors, Water-proof for use o tdoors. ade ro al ini . ita le or fire doors.
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
MEASUREMENTS
HALL SENSORYes
RATED OPERATING VOLTAGE12 or 24 V DC
CURRENTCONSUMPTION 12 V DC500 mA
CURRENTCONSUMPTION 24 V DC250 mA
CONNECTIING CABLE90 cm
1017.0209
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Mounting bracket modelsZ-shaped mounting brackets, for mounting on flush-surface door elements, for inwards-open-ing doors, for mini magnets (aluminium version) MANUFACTURER
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
NOTE
1017
MAGAC Z500
MAGAC L300
LENGTH185 mm
WIDTH48 mm
HIGHT55 mm
LENGTH185 mm
WIDTH64 mm
HIGHT64 mm
LENGTH250 mm
WIDTH48 mm
HIGHT30 mm
MAGAC Z300
1017.0210
1017.0211
1017.0212
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
134
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1017
MANUFACTURER
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
Z-shaped mounting brackets, for mounting on flush-surface door elements, for inwards-open-ing doors, for mini magnets (aluminium version)
MOUNTING BRACKET MODELS
MAGAC L500
MAGAC L1200
LENGTH266 mm
WIDTH76 mm
HIGHT38 mm
LENGTH220 mm
WIDTH45 mm
HIGHT70 mm
NOTE
1017.0214
1017.0215
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Minimum fitting size - maximum effect effeff Standard Electric Strike 128 with FaFix, univer-sal olta e scre in er inal l in connection co ati le ith c rrent ortise loc s compatible with available striking plates, symmetrical design. Made of steel. Installation postition is both horizontal and vertical, DIN left and right.
Minimum fitting size - maximum effect effeff Standard Electric Strike 138 with FaFix, univer-sal olta e scre in er inal l in connection co ati le ith c rrent ortise loc s compatible with available striking plates, symmetrical design. Made of steel. Installation postition is both horizontal and vertical, DIN left and right.
FAIL LOCKED 118/128 WITH FAFIX
MANUFACTURER
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
NOTE
FAIL LOCKED 118/138 WITH FAFIX
- -------
1017BREAK IN RESISTANCE
3750N
MEASUREMENTS
FaFix ADJUSTMENT RANGE3 mm
LATCH BOLT ENGAGING DEPTH5.5mm
TEMPRATURE RANGE to
TEST CYCLES250.000
BREAK IN RESISTANCE3750N
MEASUREMENTS
FaFix ADJUSTMENT RANGE3 mm
LATCH BOLT ENGAGING DEPTH5.5mm
TEMPRATURE RANGE to
TEST CYCLES250.000
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
CERTIFICATION
1017.0216
1017.0217
136
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
NOTEThe full version is available with different backsets and a comprehensive range of ac-cessories.
1017
MANUFACTURER
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
VERSIONro rofile linder
BACKSET55mm, 60mm, 65mm
BOLT THROW20mm
FOLLOWER9mm with reducer to 8mm
CENTER TO CENTER72mm
FACE PLATE WIDTH24mm
VERSIONro rofile linder
BACKSET30mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45 mm
BOLT THROW20mm
FOLLOWER9mm with reducer to 8mm
CENTER TO CENTER92mm
FACE PLATE WIDTH24mm
PANIC FUNCTIONYes
MEDIATOR LOCK 609-502PZ
MEDIATOR LOCK 609-502PZ
ll door to atic loc in s ste olt and latch are loc ed there ore hi her le el o se-curity, mechanical follow up control between double action latch and control latch, integrated panic function via internal door handle. Made of steel
The lock in its tubular frame version is available with different backsets and a comprehensive range of accessories. Made of steel. Suitable for fire door.
CERTIFICATION
1017.0218
1017.0219
- --------
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Full door - This lock with handle control is used especially in situations where the advantages of handle-controlled unlocking have to be combined with the mechanical security require-ments. Made of steel. Includes panic function and is suitable for fire doors.
The tubular security lock with handle control 709X is used especially in situations where the advantages of handle-controlled unlocking have to be combined with the mechanical security requirements. Made of steel. Includes panic function and is suitable for fire doors.
SECURITY LOCK 709X - FULL
MANUFACTURER
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
NOTEThe integrated monitoring contacts enable information to be provided on the important locking states.
SECURITY LOCK 709X - TUBULAR
1017
179
1125
VERSIONro rofile linder
BACKSET60mm, 65mm, 80mm, 100 mm
BOLT THROW20mm
FOLLOWER9mm with reducer to 8mm
CENTER TO CENTER72mm
VERSIONro rofile linder
BACKSET35mm, 40mm, 45 mm
BOLT THROW20mm
FOLLOWER9mm with reducer to 8mm
CENTER TO CENTER92mm
2 7100RPB340
2 7100RPB340
CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATION
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
1017.0220
1017.0221
138
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1017
MANUFACTURER
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
TECHNILOCK L4BREAK IN RESISTANCE20000N
BOLT STATUS MESSAGEloc ed nloc ed
DOOR STATUS MESSAGEo en closed
BOLT THROW20mm
OPERATING VOLTAGE24 V DC, stabilized
SPACING BETWEEN FACE PLATE & STRIKING PLATEMin 2 mm & Max. 5.5 mm
TEMPRATURE RANGE to Celsius
BACKSET-FAIL LOCKED30mm, 35mm, 40mm, 60mm
ith latch ro rofilr c l-inder
BACKSET-FAIL UNLOCKED30mm, 35mm, 40mm, 60mm
ith latch ro rofilr c l-inder
CERTIFICATION
NOTEExtremely high resistance to attempted in-trusion and manipulation, destruction-re-sistant up to 20,000 N
TECHNILOCK bolt can be operated with a simple switch, a TECHNILOCK control panel, card readers and code-keyboards etc., but also with a traditional profile cylinder or lever handle. Made of steel.
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
1017.0222
- --------
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MAGNETIC STRIP
MANUFACTURERDENI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
NOTE
ELECTRIC OPENER - WITHOUT MECHANICAL OPENER
- -------
1017HOLDING FORCE
300 kg
CONNECTING CABLE90 cm
HALL SENSORYes
FIRE DOOR SUITABLEYes
RATED OPERATING VOLTAGE12 or 24 V DC
MATERIAL Galvanized steel
MEASUREMENTS
ADJUSTMENT RANGE3 mm
OPERATING VOLTAGE
STAND BY CURRENT
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
CERTIFICATION
1017.0300
1017.0301
a netic stri or se on fire doors.
Electric opener - without mechanical opener. Symmetrical model therefore DIN left and right adjustable.
Electric opener - slim design. or lastic al ini rofiles. etrical odel there ore le t and ri ht ad sta le.
MATERIAL Galvanized steel
MEASUREMENTS
ADJUSTMENT RANGE2 mm
OPERATING VOLTAGE
STAND BY CURRENT
ELECTRIC OPENER - SLIM DESIGN
1017.0302
140
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
NOTE
1017
MANUFACTURERDENI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
ELECTRIC OPENER - NON ADJUSTABLE
Electric opener - non adjustable is without mechanical opener.
Electric opener - adjustable by 3 mm - without mechanical opener.
Power bridge - For direct power transmission from the door frame to the door leaf. Rust-resistant, e i le etal hose. i in ca s or o ntin on door ra e and door lea r st resistant e i le
metal hose
CERTIFICATION
1017.0303
1017.0304
MATERIAL Galvanized steel
MEASUREMENTS
ADJUSTMENT RANGE-
OPERATING VOLTAGE
MATERIAL Galvanized steel
MEASUREMENTS
ADJUSTMENT RANGE3 mm
OPERATING VOLTAGE
ELECTRIC OPENER - ADJUSTABLE
MATERIALBrass
FINISHNickel coated
VERSIONor o en fittin
LENGTH30 mm
INSIDE DIAMETER7 mm
POWER BRIDGE
1017.0305
- --------
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
STRIKE PLATE 110
MANUFACTURERDENI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
NOTE
- -------
1017MATERIAL
Stainless steel
LENGTH110 mm
WIDTH25 mm
COMPATIBILITYDIN left and right hand
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
CERTIFICATION
1017.0306
1017.0307
Strike plates are made from satin stainless steel. Are DIN left and right hand compatible.
a le connector e i le hose or otto o ntin or o er trans ission ca les ro the door frame to the door leaf. Hose is made of nickle-plated brass. Vandalisme protected. Incl. fastening material
CABLE CONNECTOR
1017.0308
STRIKE PLATE 160
MATERIALStainless steel
LENGTH160 mm
WIDTH25 mm
COMPATIBILITYDIN left and right hand
MATERIALBrass
FINISHNickel coated
VERSIONor o en fittin
LENGTH450 mm
INSIDE DIAMETER7 mm
142
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
NOTE
1017
MANUFACTURERDENI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES
POWER SUPPLY 12V
These stabilised power supply units are used for access control, escape route systems and electric strike systems where a low-noise locking component is required. Made from plastic. Protection class IP 20
CERTIFICATION
1017.0309
MOUNTING METHODTop hat rail
OVERLOAD PROTECTIONElectronic
INPUT220 V AC
OUTPUT12 V AC
HOUSINGPlastic
- --------
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
SAFE-O-TRONIC access combines pin code and RFID technology in a unique way setting new global standards in safeguarding and organizing cabinets, safe deposit boxes, lockers and furniture. Thanks to the inclusion of emerging NFC technology, managing access is even possible using mobile phones.
The cabinet locking devices stands out due to easy handling, a high degree of operating safety and user friendliness, as well as minimum maintenance.
The slim SAFE-O-TRONIC LS design locks can be used for right-hand and left-hand cabinet doors made from all customary materials and is ideally suitable for specially shaped cabinet doors.
CABINET LOCKING DEVICES
MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
SAFE-O-TRONIC LS200 - PIN CODE LOCKING DEVICE WITH RFID
1017
SAFE-O-TRONIC LS100 - PIN CODE LOCKING DEVICE
NOTE
1017.0001
1017.0002
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHBrushed(white)
ANTENNA COVERBlack or white plastic
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
BATTERY TYPEStandard AAA alkaline
BATTERY LIFEApp. 3 years
OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius
PROTECTION CLASS IP43
144
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1017
MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
SAFE-O-TRONIC access combines pin code and RFID technology in a unique way setting new global standards in safeguarding and organizing cabinets, safe deposit boxes, lockers and furniture. Thanks to the inclusion of emerging NFC technology, managing access is even possible using mobile phones.
The cabinet locking devices stands out due to easy handling, a high degree of operating safety and user friendliness, as well as minimum maintenance.
The slim SAFE-O-TRONIC LS design locks can be used for right-hand and left-hand cabinet doors made from all customary materials and is ideally suitable for specially shaped cabinet doors.
SAFE-O-TRONIC LS300 - LOCKING DEVICE WITH RFID/NFC
SAFE-O-TRONIC LS400 - COMBINED RFID/NFC AND PIN CODE LOCKING DEVICE
CABINET LOCKING DEVICES
NOTE
1017.0003
1017.0004
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHBrushed(white)
ANTENNA COVERBlack or white plastic
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
BATTERY TYPEStandard AAA alkaline
BATTERY LIFEApp. 3 years
OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius
PROTECTION CLASS IP43
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
de osit and coin collect loc ith coin insertion or as tic et coin loc .
ed ction o sta costs thro h sel ser ice and coin choice and rther i es o rotection a ainst e loss and lia ilit ris s. he also has o tional coin collect nction or hi her rofits and ore con enience he ser can o en the loc er as o ten as anted itho t a in a ain.
CABINET LOCKING DEVICES
MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1017
SAFE-O-MAT DEPOSIT & COIN COLLECT LOCK
NOTE
1017.0000
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHBlack
MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand
146
DOOR CLOSERS
he se o these rac ets fi . or fi . a lications can often weaken the strength of a closer and require that a size higher than that needed for the weight of the door is nec-essary. Some types of door closers can vary their strength number by altering the position of the closer on the door by means of moving it along a bracket. This is convenient where the size required is uncertain and facilitates a greater ran e o ad st ent at the ti e o fittin . icall these closers can be designated 2-4 size or even 2-6 size in certain circumstances.
BACK CHECK
Door closers can be supplied with an optional “back check” action included between app. 70 and 90 . This back check action provides resistance within the door closer to prevent the door leaf from being thrown open . This prevents dam-age to the door, door frame and door handles caused by people kicking or throwing the door open and also by the door being violently blown open by the wind. The angle and resistance of the back check can be varied according to your requirements. When using a door closer with a back check facility it is worth remembering that this facility puts extra strain on the door hinges - remember to allow for this when choosing your hinges!
Door closers are mainly used in commercial and public build-ings, but may also be used around the home where circum-stances make their use desirable. They have a variety of uses and applications, one of the main ones being to keep a door closed to li it the s read o fire and dra ht thro h-o t a ildin . e ha e an di erent t es o door closer available ranging from the simplest gate spring up to the
ore ind strial oor s rin s.
The power of a door closer should relate to the width and ei ht o the door onto hich it is to e fitted. he chart
taken from the DIN EN 1154 provides a guide to selecting the correct and appropriate product.
POWER SIZESDoor closer Recommended Max Test door
o e i e a oo i th a
2 850 403 950 604 1100 805 1250 1006 1400 1207 1600 160
a door closer is ein fitted to a fire door then it is s -all reco ended that a ini o a si e is fitted. ir pressure on the door from wind is also a consideration which could lead to a higher size number than the actual door weight being needed. Restrictions in the design of certain buildings may lead to arrangements where special brackets are needed to mount the door closer.
CLASSIFICATIONS
STANDARDS
70
90
148
DELAYED ACTION
or slo o in tra c s ch as strollers and heel chairs it is best choosing a door closer which has a “delayed action”. This allows the door to remain open for a preset period of time before closing at an adjustable speed. Such a system will allow people in wheelchairs or the elderly to get through the door before it starts to close.
LATCH ACTION
Latch action provides for the adjustment of the app. last 10of the closing cycle. This allow the closer to be adjusted to overcome a latch or intumescent seal.
DIN EN 1154 - DOOR CLOSERS oor closers need to e tested certified accordin to
code s ste . he standard classifies door closers
means of a 6 digit coding system. The digits relate to a par-ticular feature of the product measured against the stand-ards performance requirements.
Digit 1 - Category of useGrade 3 is for doors closing from at least 105 and grade 4 is for doors closing from 180
Digit 2 - DurabilityGrade 8 indicates that 500,000 test cycles are completed
i it Te t oo a i ehis identifies se en rades o o er as indicated in the ta-
ble provided on opposite side.
th i it i e eha iorade is not s ita le or se on fire s o e doors rade is s ita le or se on fire s o e doors. his eat re is as-
sessed outside of EN 1154.
5th Digit - SafetyAll door closers are required to satisfy the essential require-ment of safety in use and then designated Grade 1.
6th Digit - Corrosion resistancei e rades are identified rade no defined resistance
Grade 1 = mild resistance Grade 2 = moderate resistanceGrade 3 = high resistanceGrade 4 = very high resistance.
65
90
10
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
he is a hi hl ada ta le oor s rin s ita le or all standard sin le and do -ble-action doors with widths up to 1100 mm, with its closing force individually regulated by means of an adjustment screw.
he is a do le action oor s rin hich has een s eciall de elo ed or the al in-ium and toughened glass door industries.
DORMA BTS 75 V
MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1018
8 41143
MAX LEAF WIDTH1100 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
OPENING ANGLE70 to 150
POWER SIZE
LATCHING ACTION d sta le
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
DELAYED ACTION-
BACKCHECK d sta le echanical
HOLD OPENAdjustable, optional
ARM TYPEStandard Arm
DIMENSIONS BTS 75 VLength - 285 mm
Overall Depth - 82 mmHeight - 50 mm
DIMENSIONS BTS 84Length - 306 mmWidth - 108 mmHeight - 40 mm
DORMA FLOOR SPRINGS
DORMA BTS 84
NOTEThe DORMA BTS 75 V is CERTIFIRE approved
BTS 84 is also available with stronger and weaker springs for special requirements.
1018.0100
1018.0101
150
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
DORMA BTS 80
he eries o oor concealed door closers o er ada ta ilit to al ost an installation. he closer’s compact body permits its use where a larger closer would be prohibitive. Versatility allows installation in thin sla concrete s oor constr ction
1018
MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH1400 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT300 Kg
OPENING ANGLE75 to 105
POWER SIZEEN 3-6
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
DELAYED ACTIONAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable, mechanical
HOLD OPENAdjustable, optional
ARM TYPEStandard Arm
DIMENSIONS BTS 80Length - 341 mmOverall Depth - 78 mmHeight - 60 mm
8 41143
DORMA FLOOR SPRINGS
1018.0102
NOTE
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
DORMA ITS 96 2-4
The closer and slide channel of the ITS 96 are of such compact design that they can be installed for complete visual concealment in the door and frame. ITS 96 system can be installed in virtually all doors with a leaf thickness of 40 mm or more.
NOTECan be incorporated within the door pre-fabri-cation process, allowing complete installation in the factory.
1018MAX LEAF WIDTH
1100 mm
MAX LEAF THICKNESS50 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
OPENING ANGLE120
POWER SIZE
LATCHING SPEEDAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
CLOSING FORCEAdjustable
DELAYED ACTIONAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable, mechanical
HOLD OPENMechanical, Available
ARM TYPESlide channel
DIMENSIONS ITS 96 2-4Length - 277 mm
Width - 32 mmHeight - 42 mm
DIMENSIONS ITS 96 3-6Length - 291 mmWidth - 39,5 mmHeight - 51 mm
8 41133
DORMA ITS 96 3-6
DORMA CONCEALED DOOR CLOSERS
1018.0103
1018.0104
152
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
DORMA TS 71
ith the has de elo ed a door closer that ro nds o its lassic ine series er ectl . he ease and s eed ith hich it can e � ed the act that its s rin stren th can e so easil ada ted to the door size and its competitive price should make the TS 71 the ideal choice for your application.
The DORMA TS 72 is the ideal multi-purpose door closer for all standard door designs and construc-tions. itho t a ac late it is artic larl eas and ic to fi .
NOTEThe DORMA TS 71 is CERTIFIRE approved
1018
MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH
OUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH1100 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 Kg
POWER SIZE
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECK d sta le
HOLD OPENOptional
ARM TYPEStandard arm
DIMENSIONS TS 71Length - 232 mmOverall depth - 45 mmHeight - 68 mm
DIMENSIONS TS 72Length - 232 mmOverall depth - 45 mmHeight - 68 mm
DORMA TS 72
8 21134
DORMA DOOR CLOSERS
1018.0105
1018.0106
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
is a ni ersal sol tion or doors o di erin desi ns and st les he at and co act format of the TS 73 V means that there are practically no problems with installation, and tried and trusted quality is your assurance of reliability.
The DORMA TS 83 can even be supplied with additional anti-corrosion protection for exposed appli-cations or aggressive conditions. Low inventory costs and reduced stocking requirement thanks to streamlined product range.
MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1018
DORMA TS 73 V
MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
POWER SIZE
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING FORCE
d sta le
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable
HOLD OPENOptional
ARM TYPE tandard ar
tandard at ar
DIMENSIONS TS 73 VLength - 225 mm
Depth - 40 mmHeight - 60 mm
DIMENSIONS TS 83Length - 245 mm
Depth - 46 mmHeight - 60 mm
DORMA TS 83
DORMA DOOR CLOSERS
NOTEFor high and heavy doors, external doors, and for doors required to close against high wind pressure, we recommend DORMA TS 83.
8 41134
1018.0107
1018.0108
154
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
DORMA TS 73 EMF
The DORMA TS 73 EMF is a combination of hydraulic door closer and electromagnetic hold-open unit. In conjunction with a smoke detection system, the TS 73 EMF can be used as a hold-open system for fire and s o e chec doors.
NOTERange of arm assemblies and accessories to
provide an ideal solution even for special appli-cations.
1018
MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH1400 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT180 Kg
OPENING ANGLE70 to 150
POWER SIZEEN 2-4
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING FORCE-
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECK-
HOLD OPEN75 to 180
ARM TYPEStandard arm
DIMENSIONSLength - 320 mmDepth - 45,5 mmHeight - 60 mm
INPUT VOLTAGE
POWER INPUT24V
DORMA DOOR CLOSERS
8 41144
1018.0109
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The TS 93 cam action door closer system sets new standards in user convenience in project applica-tions. The proven DORMA technology of the heart-shaped cam ensures exceptional ease of opening
DORMA TS 93
MANUFACTURERDORMA
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY
10 years
NOTEIdentical door closer model for single and dou-ble doors
1018MAX LEAF WIDTH
1600 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT-
POWER SIZEEN 2-5
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
LATCHING SPEEDAdjustable
CLOSING FORCEAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable
HOLD OPENOptional
ARM TYPESlide channel
DIMENSIONSLength - 275 mm
Depth - 53 mmHeight - 60 mm
DORMA DOOR CLOSERS
1154
8 41134
1018.0110
156
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
DOOR SPRING
Index door spring 623 with plastic bearings, rotary joints, maintenance-free. The spring sleeves are made of plastic which prevents buckling of the springs and the associated squeaking. Rivets made ofstainless steel.
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired length
1018
MANUFACTURERDORMA
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MATERIALSteel
FINISHGalvanized
LENGTHS
DORMA DOOR CLOSERS
1018.0111X
- -----
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
tandard ar door closer certified in co liance ith si e can e sed or le t and ri ht handed doors s ita le or fire and s o e rotection doors. enin an le
STANDARD DOOR CLOSER
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
NOTEAvailable in more colours.
1018MAX LEAF WIDTH
1100 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 Kg
POWER SIZEEN 2-4
LATCHING SPEEDAdjustable
CLOSING FORCEAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECK-
HOLD OPEN-
ARM TYPEStandard arm
DIMENSIONSLength - 220 mm
Depth - 60 mmHeight - 43 mm
STANDARD DOOR CLOSER
1154
8 31134
1018.0000
158
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
ASSA ABLOY DC110
ac and inion door closer ith lin ar ertified in co liance ith si e can e sed or le t and ri ht handed doors s ita le or fire and s o e rotection doors
NOTEAvailable in more colours.
1018
MANUFACTURERASSA ABLOY AB
COUNTRY OF ORIGINFinland
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH950 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT60 Kg
POWER SIZEEN 3
LATCHING SPEEDAdjustable
CLOSING FORCE-
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECK-
HOLD OPEN-
ARM TYPELink arm
DIMENSIONSLength - 182 mmDepth - 60 mmHeight - 41 mm
8 41134
ASSA ABLOY DOOR CLOSERS
1018.0200
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
can e sed or le t and ri ht hand doors s ita le or fire and s o e rotection.
rac and inion door closer ith lin ar certified in co liance ith si e can e sed or le t and ri ht handed doors s ita le or fire and s o e rotection doors
ASSA ABLOY DC120
MANUFACTURERASSA ABLOY AB
COUNTRY OF ORIGINFinland
WARRENTY10 years
NOTEAvailable in more colours.
ita le or fire and s o e rotection doors
1018
8 4114
MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 kg
POWER SIZE
LATCHING SPEEDVariable between 15 to 0
CLOSING SPEEDVariable between 180 to 0
BACKCHECKVariable above 75
ARM TYPELink arm
DIMENSIONS DC120Length - 220 mm
Depth - 47 mmHeight - 52 mm
DIMENSIONS DC140Length - 206 mm
Depth - 40 mmHeight - 55 mm
ASSA ABLOY DC140
ASSA ABLOY DOOR CLOSERS
1018.0201
1018.0202
160
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
oor s rin or sin le and do le lea doors
oor s rin or sin le and do le lea doors
TS 500 N EN3
TS 500 NV
1018
1154
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
OPENING ANGLE170
POWER SIZE
LATCHING ACTION d sta le
CLOSING FORCE d sta le
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable
HOLD OPENMechanical
ARM TYPEStandard arm
DIMENSIONS TS 500NLength - 278 mmWidth - 82 mmHeight - 42 mm
DIMENSIONS TS 500 NVLength - 278 mmWidth - 82 mmHeight - 42 mm
8 41133
GEZE FLOOR SPRINGS
1018.0300
1018.0301
NOTE
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
oor s rin or lea fire and s o e rotection
TS 550 NV F
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1018
1154
8 41133
MAX LEAF WIDTH1400 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT300 Kg
OPENING ANGLE180
POWER SIZEEN 3-6
LATCHING ACTION-
CLOSING FORCEAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECK-
HOLD OPEN-
ARM TYPEStandard arm
DIMENSIONSLength - 328 mm
Width - 82 mmHeight - 54 mm
GEZE FLOOR SPRINGS
1018.0302
NOTE
162
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
BOXER EN 2-4
BOXER EN 3-6
The integrated Boxer door closer is installed completely inside the door leaf, can be used for single leaf right and left swing doors, closing speed in accordance with DIN EN 1154.
1018
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
POWER SIZE
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING FORCEAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable
HOLD OPENMechanical
ARM TYPEGuide rail
APPLICATIONSingle action door
DIMENSIONS EN 2-4Length - 286 mmDepth - 32 mmHeight - 45 mm
DIMENSIONS EN 3-6Length - 293 mmDepth - 40 mmHeight - 54 mm
8 41133
GEZE DOOR CLOSERS
1018.0303
1018.0304
NOTE
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The GEZE Boxer E integrated door closer with electrical hold-open in the guide rail is suitable for single-leaf doors and is incorporated discreetly into the door leaf and frame. The E guide rail with electrical hold-open is only visible when the door is open.
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1018MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
POWER SIZE
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING FORCEAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable
HOLD OPENElectromech.
ARM TYPEGuide rail
APPLICATIONSingle action door
VOLTAGE24V DC
ENCLOSER RATINGIP 43
DIMENSIONS EN 2-4Length - 286 mm
Depth - 32 mmHeight - 45 mm
DIMENSIONS EN 3-6Length - 293 mm
Depth - 40 mmHeight - 54 mm
8 41133
NOTECan be used for single leaf right and left swing doors. Closing speed in accordance with EN 1154.
GEZE DOOR CLOSERS
1018.0305
1018.0306
164
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
S
S
The GEZE Boxer ISM system for double-leaf doors consists of the Boxer 2-4 or Boxer 3-6 in the door leaves and the ISM guide rail with integrated mechanical closing sequence control in accordance with EN 1158 in the frame. The ISM guide rail is only visible when the door is open.
1018
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
POWER SIZE
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING FORCEAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable
HOLD OPENMechanical
ARM TYPEGuide rail
APPLICATIONDouble leaf doors
DIMENSIONS EN 2-4Length - 286 mmDepth - 32 mmHeight - 45 mm
DIMENSIONS EN 3-6Length - 293 mmDepth - 40 mmHeight - 54 mm
8 01133
GEZE DOOR CLOSERS
1018.0307
1018.0308
NOTE
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
he o er s ste is fitted ith a ide rail that contains electro a netic hold o en devices for both door leaves plus an integrated closing sequence control and is only visible when the door is opened.
S
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1018MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
POWER SIZE
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING FORCEAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable
HOLD OPENElectromagnetic
ARM TYPEGuide rail
APPLICATIONDouble action door
VOLTAGE24V DC
ENCLOSER RATINGIP 43
DIMENSIONSEN 2-4Length - 286 mm
Depth - 47 mmHeight - 45 mm
DIMENSIONS EN 3-6Length - 293 mm
Depth - 40 mmHeight - 54 mm
S
GEZE DOOR CLOSERS
8 01133
1018.0309
1018.0310
NOTE
166
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
TS 1500
r ace o nted rac and inion door closer si e accordin to losin speed adjustable, as is hydraulic latching action.
With the TS 2000 NV overhead door closer with variable closing force in accordance with DIN EN 1154 in sizes 2 and 4, the closing speed can conveniently be set from the front. The stopper setting is made using the arm.
1018
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH1100
MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 Kg
OPENING ANGLE
POWER SIZE
4LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING FORCE d sta le
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECK d sta le
HOLD OPENMechanical
ARM TYPELink arm
DIMENSIONS TS 1500Length - 177 mmWidth - 39 mmHeight - 50 mm
DIMENSIONS TS 2000 NVLength - 226 mmWidth - 48 mmHeight - 60 mm
TS 2000 NV
8 31134
GEZE DOOR CLOSERS
1018.0311
1018.0312
NOTE
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1018
This TS 4000 E overhead door closer with electro hydraulic hold-open device is authorised for mounting on fire and s o e rotection doors. n the e ent o fire or a o er ail re the hold o en nction is released and the door closes safely.
GEZE TS 4000 is a surface mounted rack and pinion door closer, the closing force is set from the ront. he o enin er and the ther o sta ilised closin s eed ith lar e o tical dis la can also be regulated.
TS 4000 E
TS
MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT200 Kg
OPENING ANGLE
POWER SIZE
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING FORCEAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECK
d sta le
HOLD OPEN lectric
echanical
ARM TYPELink arm
TS 4000 E VOLTAGE24V DC
DIMENSIONS TS 4000E Length - 326 mm
Width - 46 mmHeight - 60 mm
DIMENSIONS TS 4000Length - 326 mm
Width - 46 mmHeight - 60 mm
8 41133
GEZE DOOR CLOSERS
1018.0313
1018.0314
NOTE
168
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
TS 5000
The overhead door closer TS 5000 stands for clear lines and numerous system variants. It is approved for 1-leaf right and left single-actiondoors with larger leaf widths up to 1400 mm and for use on smoke and fire rotection doors.
1018
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT200 Kg
OPENING ANGLE120
POWER SIZE
LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable
CLOSING FORCEAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable
HOLD OPENMechanical
ARM TYPESlide channel
DIMENSIONSLength - 287 mmWidth - 46 mmHeight - 60 mm
GEZE DOOR CLOSERS
8 41133
1018.0315
NOTE
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERRutland
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
1018
8 31133
he tland . ran e o oor s rin s are enhanced ith their o er l t eas to se ca roller action mechanisms. Available in three power sizes, EN2, EN3, EN4, and a vary power EN1-4 adjustable power version. This is becoming increasingly recognised especially in the Glass industry where quality, reliability, adjustability, and adaptability are all features required. Temperature stable hydraulic oil is one of its unique properties which show the exacting standards that Rutland MANU-FACTURER their products to, so they can be used in temperatures from -15 to Deg C.
TS 7000 slimline floor spring is easy to use cam and roller mechanism, power adjustable spring, slim line cement box, double action or single action.
RUTLAND FLOOR SPRINGS
MAX LEAF WIDTH
li line
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
li line
OPENING ANGLE130
POWER SIZE
li line
LATCH SPEEDAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable
ARM TYPEStandard Arm
DIMENSIONS TS 7000Length - 305 mmWidth - 106 mmHeight - 40 mm
DIMENSIONS SLIMLINELength - 274 mm
Overall Depth - 81 mmHeight - 50 mm
1154
TS 7000
TS 7104 SLIMLINE
1018.0400
1018.0401
NOTE
170
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
concealed slide ar door closer hi hl e cient ith ease o o enin ad sta le s eed and latch inte rated slide ar s ita le or doors thic ness.
concealed slide ar door closer ith o er ad st ent hi hl e cient ith ease o o enin ad sta le s eed and latch inte rated slide ar s ita le or doors thic -ness
1018
MANUFACTURERRutland
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
OPENING ANGLE120
POWER SIZE
LATCH SPEEDAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECK d sta le
APPLICATION ooden doors ni ersal
ARM TYPESlide channel
ITS 13003
ITS 13205
RUTLAND CONCEALED DOOR CLOSER
1154
- -----
1018.0402
1018.0403
NOTE
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERRutland
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
1018
8 31134
TS 2204 is a fixed power size unit EN3, CE marked, available in Fig1, Fig61, Fig66 applications. It has passed fire test in excess of 120 minutes in EN1634.
TS 3204 with power size unit EN2,3,4 by position, CE marked, is an ideal closer for mid range con-tracts. It has passed fire test in excess of 120 minutes in EN1634
RUTLAND DOOR CLOSERS
1154
TS 2204
TS 3204
MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
OPENING ANGLE180
POWER SIZE
LATCH SPEED
d sta le
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
APPLICATION Wooden & metal doors
ARM TYPEStandard arm
1018.0404
1018.0405
NOTE
172
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
door closer is hi hl en ineered rac and inion echanis ith its ro ection fits in most circumstances and applications making it versatile and easy to specify.
door closer is hi hl e cient relia le and alit rod ct ith ease o o enin it has do le s rin action or s ooth o eration o er ariation s rin sna � connection ar set ease o fittin ith t in loc in achine scre s.
1018
MANUFACTURERRutland
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
MAX LEAF WIDTH
MAX LEAF WEIGHT
OPENING ANGLE180
POWER SIZE
LATCH SPEEDAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
BACKCHECKAdjustable
DELAYED ACTION aila le
APPLICATIONWooden & metal doors
ARM TYPEStandard arm
TS 9204
TS 9205
RUTLAND DOOR CLOSER
1154
8 31144
1018.0406
1018.0407
NOTE
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERRutland
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
1018
8 31133
TS 11204 surface slide arm is a cam action door closer, highly efficient with ease of opening, cam action echanis assistin door set to eet the re ire ents on a ro ed doc ent 300.
ITS 11204 concealed slide arm is cam action door closer, highly efficient with ease of opening, cam action echanis assistin door set to eet the re ire ents on a ro ed doc ent s ita le or doors thic
RUTLAND DOOR CLOSERS
1154
TS 11204 SURFACE MOUNTED
TS 11204 CONCEALED
MAX LEAF WIDTH1100 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 Kg
OPENING ANGLE120
POWER SIZEEN 2-4
LATCH SPPEDAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
APPLICATIONUniversal
ARM TYPESlide channel
1018.0408
1018.0409
NOTE
174
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1018
MANUFACTURERSamuel Heath Ltd.
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
POWERMATIC CONCEALED DOOR CLOSERPowermatic by Samuel Heath has one of the world’s most advanced controlled, concealed door closers. It delivers outstanding performance and reliability, and possesses many unique features that deliver enefits to fire and non fire door a lications in ho sin hotel ed cation healthcare and an ore
applications.It provides controlled door closing without slamming, whilst its adjustable closing speed makes it s ita le or se in sit ations here the elderl infir and less a le re ire additional ti e to ass through the doorway.
MAX LEAF WIDTH950 mm
MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 Kg
OPENING ANGLE120
POWER SIZEEN 2-4
LATCH SPPEDAdjustable
CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable
APPLICATIONUniversal
3 233811154
NOTEaila le in ore finishes on re est
CONCEALED DOOR CLOSER
1018.0500
EN 1634
EXIT HARDWARE
Digit 2 - DrabilityClass 6 100,000 tested cyclesClass 7 200,000 tested cycles
Digit 3 - Door MassClass 6 100 kgClass 7 200 kg
Digit 4 - Fire resistance rades o fire resistance er identifiedlass ot a ro ed or se on fire s o e doorslass llo a le or se on fire s o e door s ect to
satisfying assesment of the contribution of the anic loc in de ice to the fire s o e resistance
o s ecified fire s o e doors asse lies.
Digit 5 - SafetyClass 1 All panic and exit devices have a critical safety
function, therefore only grade 1 is accptable.
Digit 6 - Corrosion resistanceClass 3 High corrosion resistancelass er hi h and defi ned corrosion resistance
Digit 7 - SecurityClass 2 The safety of human beings should be attached
with the highest priority, and also, under this cir-cumstance, the anti-burglary resistance is of rela-
ti el less si nifi cance rther ore this antiburglary attribute is not explicitly mentioned
Emergency exit doors constructed according to the EN 1125 should provide a means of escape in panic situations - in-cluding people who are not acquainted with the environment and handling of such doors.
T S he standard defines the re ire ents ith re ard to the
MANUFACTURER, suitability for use and the testing of panic locks. These are only valid for use with leaf doors with a maximum weight of 200 kg, height of 2,500 mm, and width of 1,300 mm.
he standard s ecifies testin roced res and re ire ents ith re ard to
• mechanical panic locking system with a horizontally-op-erated handle-bar.
• mechanical panic locking system with a horizontally-op-erated pushbar.
The standard stipulates that all of the tested products are to e classified in accordance ith a di it e .
Digit 1 - Category of useonl defined one lass
Class 3 High frequency of use by people with little incentive to a careful application, where accidents or misuse are possible
CLASSIFICATIONS
STANDARDS
178
i it o ection o the e iceo cate ories are defined
Grade 1 Projection up to 150 mm (standard projection)Grade 2 Projection uo to 100 mm (low projection)
i it T pe o e iceo rades are defined
Type A Push bar operationType B Touch bar operatiob
T S The objective of EN 179 is to open doors for those in an emergency situation. DIN EN 179 are a standard for push pads an levers and the tested handles allow people to leave a building through the emergency exists. This standard as-sumes however that the people concerned are familiar with the escape routes and the operation of emergency exits. In case of doubt, the standard refers to EN 1125 - panic locks operated by a horizontal bar.
The particular features in EN 179 are identical to EN 1125 ith t o di erences e ectin di it sec rit and di it
the type of device.
Digit 7 - Securityrod cts co ered t ha e three identified cat-
egories and have the oppertunities of greater security than devices covered by EN 1125. This is because EN 179 devices are subject to testing with doors under greater preassure. hree cate ories are defined
hree cate ories are definedGrade 2 1000NGrade 3 2000NGrade 4 3000N
i it T pe o e iceo rades are defined
Type A Lever handle operationType B Push pad operation
For a complete brakedown of all digits in DIN EN 179 please refer to our lever handle section.
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Exidor 293 - panic bolt for single and double door applications. Incorporated as standard is an auto-atic to tri and eas clean oor soc et.
Exidor 307 - Push pad single panic bolt with the added feature of horizontal pullman latches which increases sec rit and o ers a s ooth latchin action.
Exidor 310 - Push pad single panic bolt with the added feature of vertical pullman latches which in-creases sec rit and o ers a s ooth latchin action.
MANUFACTUREREXIDOR Ltd
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
1019MATERIAL
Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,
Surface mounted, Non Handed
NOTEtainless steel or rass finish latin .
RAL colours avaliable on request.Supplied with self securing screws
293 PUSH PAD SINGLE PANIC BOLT
BS EN
7 B2431B6 A3
MATERIAL Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,
Surface mounted, Non Handed
307 PUSH PAD SINGLE PANIC BOLT WITH TWO POINT HORIZONTAL PULLMAN LATCH
BS EN
7 B2431B6 A3
310 PUSH PAD SINGLE PANIC BOLT WITH VERTICAL PULLMAN LATCH
MATERIAL Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,
Surface mounted, Non Handed
BS EN
7 B2431B6 A3
EXIDOR PUSH PAD LOCKING SYSTEM
1019.0001
1019.0002
1019.0003
180
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTUREREXIDOR Ltd
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
EXIDOR PUSH BAR LOCKING SYSTEMExidor 294 - Panic bolt for single and double door applications. Incorporated as standard is an auto-
atic to tri and eas clean oor soc et.
Exidor 308 - Single panic bolt with the added feature of horizontal pullman latches which increases sec rit and o ers a s ooth latchin action.
Exidor 311 - Single panic bolt with the added feature of vertical pullman latches which increases secu-rit and o ers a s ooth latchin action.
1019
294 PUSH BAR SINGLE PANIC BOLT
308 PUSH BAR SINGLE PANIC BOLT WITH TWO POINT HORIZONTAL PULLMAN LATCH
311 PUSH BAR SINGLE PANIC BOLT WITH VERTICAL PULLMAN LATCH
MATERIAL Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors, Surface mounted, Non Handed
MATERIAL Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors, Surface mounted, Non Handed
MATERIAL Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors, Surface mounted, Non Handed
BS EN
7 A2231B6 A3
BS EN
7 A2231B6 A3
BS EN
7 A2431B6 A3
NOTEtainless steel or rass finish latin .
RAL colours avaliable on request.Supplied with self securing screws
1019.0004
1019.0005
1019.0006
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Exidor 297 - surface mounted rim latch for single and double door. Pressing the pad provides safe and speedy exit while maintaining the security against intrusion, an adapter for use with rim cylinder for outside access is supplied as standard.
Exidor 306 - For outside access a push pad actuator unit withacylinder mortice latch (with or without e ro rofile c linder o tional alon ith stri lat is s lied
MANUFACTUREREXIDOR Ltd
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
1019MATERIAL
Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,
Surface mounted, Non Handed
NOTEtainless steel or rass finish latin .
RAL colours avaliable on request.Supplied with self securing screws
297 PUSH PAD PANIC LATCH
BS EN
7 B2431B6 A3
MATERIAL Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,
Surface mounted, Non Handed
306 PUSH PAD PANIC LATCH + MORTICE NIGHT LATCH
BS EN
7 B2431B6 A3
EXIDOR 297 + 306
1019.0007
1019.0008
MATERIAL Steel
FINISHil er lac reen
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,
Surface mounted, Non Handed
1125
BS EN
7 B2231163
TOUCH BAR1019.0009
182
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1019MATERIALSteel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors, Surface mounted, Non Handed
OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICES
7 A2231B6 A3
NOTEtainless steel or rass finish latin .
RAL colours avaliable on request.
MANUFACTUREREXIDOR Ltd
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
The Exidor 296 is designed for single and double door applications. The unit is operated by a downward thrust of the cross bar to give a speedy exit in panic situations. An adapter for use with a rim cylinder for outside access is supplied as standard
he idor o ers a sh ar act ator nit ith a c linder ortice ni ht latch case that can e s lied ith or itho t a ro rofile c linder or access ro the o tside. ortice late is s -plied as standard. The unit provides security on the outside with ease of escape from the inside in panic situations
BS EN
296 PUSH BAR REVERSIBLE PANIC LATCH
1019.0010
305 PANIC MORTISE ACTUATOR W. CYLINDER MORTISE NICHT LATCH
1019.10011
MATERIAL Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors, Surface mounted, Non Handed
7 A223106 A3
BS EN
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The lever operated outside access device 322 is supplied with 3 keys and a master keyed 45mm ro rofile c lindre can e sed co ata le ith series and latches.
298 is an econimical outside access device supplied with 2 keys and a 5 pin cylinder which cannot be master keyed, compatable with 200 & 300 series and latches
is s lied ith e s and has that a aster e ed o al or ro rofile c lindre can e used 5 pin cylinder which cannot be master keyed, compatable with 200 & 300 series and latches
MANUFACTUREREXIDOR Ltd
COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK
WARRENTY10 years
1019MATERIAL
Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,
Surface mounted, Non Handed
NOTEtainless steel or rass finish latin .
RAL colours avaliable on request.
OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICE - 322
BS EN
MATERIAL Steel
FINISHil er lac hite
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,
Surface mounted, Non Handed
OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICES - 298
BS EN
7 B243106 A3
OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICES
- ------- --
1019.0012
1019.0013
- ------- --
MATERIAL Steel
FINISHil er lac reen
APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,
Surface mounted, Non Handed
1125
BS EN
TOUCH BAR OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICES - 3021019.0014
184
ACCESSORIES
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The blaugelb® interior doorstops are made from AISI grade 304 steel and are useable in many settings due to the versatile selection of shapes and sizes. The blaugelb® collection of interior doorstops in-cl des oth oor and all doorsto s. MANUFACTURER
GB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1020MATERIAL
Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSia
Height 32 mm
NOTE
FLOOR DOOR STOP - HOCKEY PUCK
FLOOR DOOR STOP - IGLU
FLOOR DOOR STOP - DOME
DOOR STOPS
1020.0000
1020.0001
1020.0002
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 64 mm
Height 22 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 64 mm
Height 22 mm
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
186
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
The blaugelb® doorstops are made from AISI grade 304 steel and are useable in many settings due to the versatile selection of shapes and sizes.
The blaugelb® collection of doorstops also includes, foot operated and heavy duty doorstops. The foot operated and heavy duty door stops are made from zink and works with smooth functionallity.
1020
FOOT OPERATED DOOR STOP
NOTE
1020.0004
DOOR STOPS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSia ei ht
MATERIALZink
FINISHSilver
DIMENSIONSHeight 60 mm
1020.0005
FOOT OPERATED DOOR STOP
MATERIALZink
FINISHSilver
DIMENSIONSHeight 30 mm
FLOOR DOOR STOP - SMALL1020.0003
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The blaugelb® interior doorstops are made from AISI grade 304 steel and are useable in many set-tings due to the versatile selection of shapes and sizes. The blaugelb® collection of interior doorstops incl des oth oor and all doorsto s. MANUFACTURER
GB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1020
NOTE
DOOR STOPS
MATERIALZink
FINISHSilver
DOOR DIMENSIONSLenght 2200 mmWidth 1000 mm
DOOR WEIGHT120 kg
HEAVY DUTY DOOR HOLDER
HEAVY DUTY DOOR STOPPER
1020.0007
1020.0006
MATERIALZink
FINISHSilver
DOOR DIMENSIONSLenght 2200 mmWidth 1000 mm
DOOR WEIGHT120 kg
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
188
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
The blaugelb® doorstops are made from AISI grade 304 steel and are useable in many settings due to the versatile selection of shapes and sizes.
The blaugelb® collection of doorstops also includes, foot operated and heavy duty doorstops. The foot operated and heavy duty door stops are made from zink and works with smooth functionallity.
1020
WALL DOOR STOP WITHOUT ROSE - STRAIGHT
WALL DOOR STOP WITH PIN
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
1020.0008X
1020.0010
DOOR STOPS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSia
LENGHT60 mm90 mm120 mm
WALL DOOR STOP WITH ROSE - STRAIGHT
1020.0009
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ16 mmDia. 50 mm
LENGHT80 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ16 mmDia. 50 mm
LENGHT80 mm
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
1020
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
The architectural designed door stops from d line are all manufactored in stainless steel AISI grade 316, which makes them very usefull in wet and humid environments.
The door stops from d line are all part of a designrange from the hands of the danish architect Knud Holscher.
1020
FLOOR DOOR STOP Ø40 MM
FLOOR DOOR STOP Ø40 MM WITH MAGNETIC HOLD
FLOOR DOOR STOP TURTLE Ø80 MM
NOTE
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired height
1020.0100
1020.0101
1020.0102X
DOOR STOPS
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONSDia. 40 mmHeight 40 mm
MATERIALtainless steel r er
FINISHatin lac r er
DIMENSIONSDia. 80 mm
HEIGHT
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONSDia. 40 mmHeight 40 mm
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
1020
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
WALL DOOR STOP X-SMALL
WALL DOOR STOP Ø 14 MM
DOOR STOPS
1020.0103
1020.0104X
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 64 mm
LENGHT
The architectural designed door stops from d line are all manufactored in stainless steel AISI grade 316, which makes them very usefull in wet and humid environments.
The door stops from d line are all part of a designrange from the hands of the danish architect Knud Holscher.
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONSDia. 14 mm
Lenght 21 mm
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONSDia. 14 mm
LENGHT
1020.0105X
WALL DOOR STOP Ø 14 MM WITH PIN
192
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
Flush bolts from our blaugelb® collection.
1021
FLUSH BOLT - TIMBER DOORS
FLUSH BOLTS - METAL DOORS
DUST SOCKET
NOTEIncluding screws for mounting
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
1021.0000X
1021.0001X
1021.0002X
FLUSH BOLTS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
ROD
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONS20 x 38 mm
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1021
NOTErther finishes a aila le on re est
Add the colour coding after the item number
AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS FOR TIMBER DOORS 1200 X 2700 MM - SET
AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS FOR FIRE RATED METAL DOORS 1200 X 2700 MM - SET
AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS
1021.0103
1021.0104
he la el a to atic sh olts are non handed and are ll a to atic hich eans that hen the opening door is activated both bottom and top bolts are retracted. Bolt head rods are adjusta-ble with up to 12,50 mm and an override feature prevent damage to doors or bolts if bolt heads are blocked from entering strikes. The thermal lock automatically locks the inactive door under high heat conditions d e to fire.
MATERIALtainless steel rass
FINISHSee chart below
FEATURESNon-handed
DIMENSIONS25 x 200 mm
MATERIALtainless steel rass
FINISHSee chart below
FEATURESNon-handed
DIMENSIONS25 x 171 mm
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
194
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
Flush bolts from our blaugelb® collection.
1021
FLUSH BOLT - TIMBER DOORS
FLUSH BOLTS - METAL DOORS
DUST SOCKET
BS EN
BS EN
NOTEIncluding screws for mounting
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
1021.0000X
1021.0001X
1021.0002X
FLUSH BOLTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
ROD
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin or polished
DIMENSIONS20 x 38 mm
BS EN
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1022
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
NOTEncl din scre s or fittin
Add the colour coding after the item number
OVAL FLUSH PULL
SQUARE FLUSH PULL
1022.0000
1022.0001
Our blaugelb® sh lls are ade ro stainless steel in rade and can e s lied in ei-ther olished or satin. i erent sha es and si es ens res that e can deli er a sh ll to s it an design-need you may have.
o co lete o r sh lls selection e ha e incl ded a e ro rofile c linder ll and a c handlecup pull.
FLUSH PULLS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
DIMENSIONS50 x 102 mmHeight 8 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
DIMENSIONS 52 x 102 mmHeight 8 mm
ROUND FLUSH PULL
1022.0002
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
DIMENSIONSDia. 70 mm
Height 13 mm
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
196
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Our blaugelb® sh lls are ade ro stainless steel in rade and can e s lied in either olished or satin. i erent sha es and si es ens res that e can deli er a sh ll to s it an desi n
need you may have.
o co lete o r sh lls selection e ha e incl ded a e ro rofile c linder ll and a c handlecup pull.
1022
CUP PULL
EURO PROFILE CYLINDER PULL
NOTE
1022.0003
1022.0004
FLUSH PULLS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
DIMENSIONSDia. 70 mmHeight 17 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
DIMENSIONS43 x 80 mm
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1023
NOTEAdd the colour coding after the item number
DOOR CHAIN
DOOR CHAIN WITH BLACK LEATHER
ACCESSORIES
1023.0000
1023.0001
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
o ens re n anted entr thro h the ront door the di erent st led door chains ro o r la el ®
collection is i in o r c sto ers the ossi ilit to choose st the ri ht desi n and finish to fit their project.
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
1023.0002
DOOR GUARD
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
198
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
To ensure unwanted entry through the front door the concealed door chain from our blaugelb® selctionis a natural choice.
The blaugelb® door viewer is made from satin stainlees steel in grade AISI 304. With it´s simple and functionel design it will suit any door material or colour.
Our blaugelb® pictograms are supplied with self adhesive tape, but also have screw holes for mount-in so either can e sed in fittin .
1023
DOOR VIEWER
CONCEALED DOOR CHAIN
PICTOGRAM - SELF ADHESIVE
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired version
Add the colour coding after the item number
1023.0003
1023.0004
1023.0005X
ACCESSORIES
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 26 mmLenght 45 mmViewing angle 180
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 50 mm
VERSION e ale ale
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1023
NOTE
DOUBLE HOOK - BEND
DOUBLE HOOK - STRAIGHT
ACCESSORIES
1023.0006
1023.0007
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 14 mm
32 mm x 45 mm
Our blaugelb® series also o ers di erent hoo s and han ers or the ardro e or the athroo toilet area. Our hooks and hangers are made from stainless steel AISI 304 for durability and a long life span.
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS180 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS100 mm
1023.0008
BASIC HOOK
200
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
Our blaugelb® series also o ers di erent hoo s and han ers or the ardro e or the athroo toilet area. Our hooks and hangers are made from stainless steel AISI 304 for durability and a long life span.
1023
HOOK WITH PIN
HANGER
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired version
1023.0009
1023.0010X
ACCESSORIES
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 14 mm35 mm x 43 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 14 mm
VERSIONSi edrna le
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
1024
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the desired letter or number
Add the colour coding after the item number
LETTERS - ROUNDED SHAPE
NUMBERS - ROUNDED SHAPE
LETTERS & NUMBERS
1024.0000X
1024.0001X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS150 mm x 100 mm
The blaugelb® letter and numerals are made from stainless steel grade AISI 304.
Our rounded selction of letters and numerals are modern and timeless in their expression and can be used in any setting.
Our Staccato font letters and numerals are slender and light with a more twisted design.
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
DIMENSIONSa - 115 mm X 96 mmb - 147 mm x 85 mmc - 115 mm x 96 mmd - 147 mm x 85 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
DIMENSIONSNumbers 0-9
155 mm x 100 mm
1024.0002X
LETTERS & NUMBERS - STACCATO FONT
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
202
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
The blaugelb® push plates are made from stainless steel AISI 304
1025
PUSH PLATE
PUSH PLATE ENGRAVED
ENGRAVED PULL PLATE WITH PULL HANDLE
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired version
Add the colour coding after the item number
1025.0000
1025.0001X
1025.0002X
ACCESSORIES
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
DIMENSIONS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
VERSIONS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSee chart below
DIMENSIONS
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
WINDOW HANDLES
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The blaugelb® window handles are made from AISI grade 304 steel. As with all stainless steel products in our blaugelb® range - the sleek and functional design ensures great usability and easy maintenance.
MANUFACTURERRGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1026MATERIAL
Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSia
8 x 35 mm spindlecc 43 mm
NOTE
WINDOW HANDLE - L SHAPE
WINDOW HANDLE - U SHAPE
WINDOW HANDLE - MITTRED SHAPE
WINDOW HANDLES
1026.0000
1026.0001
1020.0002
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 16 mm
s indlecc 43 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 16 mm
s indlecc 43 mm
206
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
The d line window handles are part of the d line collection - designed by the danish architetekt Knud Holscher. Simple and elegant in design and made from premium quality stainless steel AISI 316 to ens re lon lastin finish and d ra ilit .
1026
WINDOW HANDLE - L SHAPE
WINDOW HANDLE - U SHAPE
WINDOW HANDLE - MITTRED SHAPE
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 16 mm8 mm spindle holecc 43 mm
NOTESpindles are ordered seperately
1026.0100
1026.0101
1026.0102
WINDOW HANDLES
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSia
8 mm spindle holecc 43 mm
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSDia. 16 mm8 mm spindle holecc 43 mm
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The dline spindles are used for the d line window handles.
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
1026MATERIAL
Steel
FINISHSilver
DIMENSIONS
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
SPINDLE 8 MM
REDUCTION BUSH 8/9 MM OR 7/8 MM
WINDOW HANDLE ACCESSORIES
1026.0103X
1026.0104X
MATERIALSteel
FINISHSilver
DIMENSIONS to to
Lenght 32 mm
208
SLIDING GEAR
lidin oldin doorsMulti-panel folding doors
The standard does not cover bottom-rolling systems where the door weight is less than 100 kg and certain types of folding systems.
classifies slidin door ear sin a di it codin s ste . si ilar classification a lies to all ildin hardware product standards so that complementary items of hard are can e s ecified to or instance a co on le el of corrosion resistance, category of use, etc. Each digit re-fers to a particular feature of the product measured against the standard’s performance requirements
Digit 1 - Category of use o rade identified or these rod cts
Digit 2 - Durability Durability is measured by the number of openings (cycles) performed by the gear under standard test conditions.
DIN EN 1527 HARDWARE FOR SLIDING AND FOLDING DOORSThis standard covers most of the main types of sliding and slidin oldin a lications i in details o rod ct er or-mance criteria, test apparatus, testing methods, door mass, d ra ilit fire and corrosion resistance. he lished standard details the test criteria and includes illustrations clarifying the test methods and the points made.
his standard s ecifies re ire ents or the rinci al co onents or ost slidin and slidin oldin doors t excludes the doors and panels themselves.
o ct incl e ithin the tan a a eStraight sliding systems - top hung - bottom rolling (panels over 100 kg)
STRAIGHT SLIDING SYSTEM
CLASSIFICATIONS
STANDARDS
210
All parts must remain in serviceable condition throughout the test and no adjustment is allowed. Fittings are required to pass the Initial Friction Test (Digit 9) both before and after the durability test.he si rades are
Grade 1 2 500 cyclesGrade 2 5 000 cyclesGrade 3 10 000 cyclesGrade 4 25 000 cyclesGrade 5 50 000 cyclesGrade 6 100 000 cycles
i it oo ei hto r rades are identified
Grade 1 Up to 50 kgGrade 2 From 51 kg to 100 kgGrade 3 From 101 kg to 330 kgGrade 4 Over 330 kg
Digit 4 - Fire resistance o rades o fire resistance are identified
rade ot a ro ed or se on fire door asse liesrade ita le or fire s o e resistant door asse lies
subject to satisfactory assessment of the contribu-tion of the hardware for sliding doors and foldingdoors to the fire resistance o the s ecified fire smoke door assemblies. Such assessment is be-yond the scope of this European standard (see EN 1634-1).
Digit 5 - Safety No requirements
Digit 6 - Corrosion resistance rades are identifiedrade o classification identified
Grade 1 Low corrosion resistance Grade 2 Moderate corrosion resistance Grade 3 High corrosion resistance Grade 4 Very high corrosion resistance
rade also a lies to rod cts or hich a defined corro-sion resistance is not relevant and to those that have not been tested.
Digit 7 - SecurityNo requirements
Digit 8 - Category of doorhree t es o door are co ered the standard
Grade 1 Straight sliding doorrade lidin oldin door
Grade 3 Multi-panel folding door
Digit 9 - Initial frictionThis is the measurement of the amount of force required to start the movement of the door. The grade allocated is variable depending upon the weight of the door.
Weight 0-50 Kg 51-100 Kg 101-330 Kg >300 Kgrade rade rade
o door ei ht
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
ALU 80 SERIES
MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY4 years
NOTECan accomodate leaf width up 3000mm (running track avaliable in custom lengths)
1027MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT80 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT
MIN. DOOR THICKNESS25 mm
MINIMUM WIDTH500 mm
MAX. WALL CLEARENCE15 mm
SPACING BETWEEN FAST.40-45 CM
1527
6 31-0-02-
ALU 80 A SIDESTOP
ALU 80 STANDARD
TIGER ALU 80 Standard SLIDING SYSTEM extremely smooth and silent gliding, self cleaning wheels, ith a loadin ca acit o to ace fi ed or so t o nted or ceilin trac a alia le in al -ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised.
TIGER ALU 80 Sidestop sliding hardware for interior doors and room partitions, self cleaning wheels, ith a loadin ca acit o to ace fi ed or so t o nted or ceilin trac a alia le in al -ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised.
1027.0000
1027.0001
212
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
ALU 80 SIMULTANEOUS
TIGER ALU 80 Simultaneous SLIDING SYSTEM extremely smooth and silent gliding, self cleaning heels ith a loadin ca acit o to ace fi ed or so t o nted or ceilin trac a alia le
in al ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised.
TIGER ALU 80 T-FOLD SLIDING SYSTEM for folding door and space saving doors, extremely smooth and silent lidin sel cleanin heels ith a loadin ca acit o to so t o nted or ceil-in trac a alia le in al ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised.
NOTECan accomodate leaf width up 3000mm
(running track avaliable in custom lengths)
1027
1527
MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY4 years
6 31-0-02-
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT80 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT
MIN. DOOR THICKNESS25 mm
MINIMUM WIDTH1250 mm
MAX. WALL CLEARENCE15 mm
SPACING BETWEEN FAST.40-45 CM
ALU 80 T-FOLDMATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT50 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT
MIN. DOOR THICKNESS25 mm
MINIMUM WIDTH-
MAX. WALL CLEARENCE-
SPACING BETWEEN FAST.40-45 CM
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
ALU 80 SERIES
1027.0002
1027.0003
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY4 years
ALU 80 TELESCOPIC
TIGER ALU 80 Telescopic sliding system is an ultra space saving design with all the doors alligned behind each other when open, self cleaning wheels, with total loading capacity of up to 160 kg face-� ed or so t o nted or ceilin trac a alia le in al ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised.
1027
1527
6 31-0-02-
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT2 leaves = 2 x 80 kg3 leaves = 3 x 55 kg4 leaves = 4 x 40 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT
MIN. DOOR THICKNESS35-50 mm
MINIMUM WIDTH1200 mm
MAX. WALL CLEARENCE- mm
SPACING BETWEEN FAST.40-45 CM
ALU 80 SERIES
NOTECan accomodate leaf width up 3000mm (running track avaliable in custom lengths)
1027.0004
214
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1027
1527
MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY4 years
6 31-0-02-
ALU 100 SERIESTIGER ALU 100 Standard SLIDING SYSTEM extremely smooth and silent gliding, self cleaning wheels,
ith a loadin ca acit o to ace fi ed or so t o nted or ceilin trac a alia le in al ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised or anodised ith stainless steel e ect.
TIGER ALU 135 Standard sliding system is high performance sliding hardware for interior doors and roo artitions sel cleanin heels ith a loadin ca acit o to ace fi ed or so t o nt-ed (for ceiling).
ALU 100 STANDARD
ALU 135 STANDARD
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT100 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT
MIN. DOOR THICKNESS25 mm
MINIMUM WIDTH500 mm
MAX. WALL CLEARENCE30 mm
SPACING BETWEEN FAST.50-60 CM
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT150 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT
MIN. DOOR THICKNESS30 mm
MINIMUM WIDTH500 mm
MAX. WALL CLEARENCE>20 mm
SPACING BETWEEN FAST.70-80 CM
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOTECan accomodate leaf width up 3000mm (run-
ning track avaliable in custom lengths)
1027.0005
1027.0006
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY4 years
ALU 100 GLX
is a so t o nted or ceilin slidin door hard are o tional so t aster sh to open) opening aid for pocket doors, integrated “anti-jump” technology, self cleaning wheels, with a loading capacity of up to 80 kg.
o tclose an hi hl e i le slidin hard are or lass doors ith co -fortable softclose mechanism, integrated “anti-jump” technology, self cleaning wheels, with a loading ca acit o to so t o nted or ceilin .
NOTElied ith as to fit it
Works with SOFTMASTER (Push to open)for pocket doors
1027
1527
6 32-0-01-
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT80 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT
GLASS THICKNESS8 and 10 mm
MINIMUM WIDTH700 mm
SPACING BETWEEN FAST.50-60 cm
ALU 100 GLASS SERIES
ALU 100 GLX SIDESTOP S T S
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT80 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT
GLASS THICKNESS8 and 10 mm
MINIMUM WIDTH860 mm
SPACING BETWEEN FAST.50-60 CM
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
1027.0007
1027.0008
216
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1027
1527
MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY4 years
6 31-0-02-
ALU 100 GLM SIMULTANEOUS
TIGER ALU 100 GLX Simultaneous is a maintenance free, simultaneous sliding hardware, clipstop hold operation with slow-clos damping, integrated “anti-jump” technology, self cleaning wheels, with a loading capacity of up to 80 kg.
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT80 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT
GLASS THICKNESS8 and 10 mm
MINIMUM WIDTH700 mm
MAX. WALL CLEARENCE30 mm
SPACING BETWEEN FAST.50-60 CM
ALU 100 GLASS SERIES
NOTElied ith as to fit it
Works with SOFTMASTER (Push to open)for pocket doors
1027.0009
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY4 years
ROLLAN 40N
Rollan is a quite roller-guided sliding door system which facilitates straightforward integration of sliding door conce ts into indoor areas. he ceilin and all fi in s orts di erse se incl din in thro hdoors, partition walls and cloakrooms. The level contact surface of the running track reduces the noise generated on opening and closing. The distance between the door leaf and track can be easily set or readjusted using the suspension bolt, even when installed.
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
1027
1527
5 31-1-01-
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT40 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT29 mm
DOOR THICKNESS8-12 mm
LEAF IN MM / TRACK SIZE
GEZE ROLLAN 40N
1027.0100X
218
FACTS
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
1027
1527
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY4 years
6 31-2-03-
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT140 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT40 mm
DOOR THICKNESS8-12 mm
LEAF/TRACK SIZE/BRACKETS
PERLAN 140
The Perlan 140 provides long-term quiet running due to two precision ball bearings per roller carriage, track design and large carrier rollers. The interior, sealed ball bearings provide corrosion protection for slightly humid interiors, making them suitable even for bathroom doors. The distance between the leaf and the wall can be adjusted using the wall attachment bracket, which permits the door to be adjusted to individual situations, e.g. for precise installation of the running track where masonry is uneven.
The Perlan 140 is suitable for glass, timber, metal and compostite doors.
GEZE PERLAN 140
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
1027.0101X
CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN
ANSI/UL
FIRE RATING
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY4 years
With the compact Levolan 60 sliding door system, GEZE has created a new sophisticated solution to desi n eas to se an al slidin doors or interior se. all fittin di ensions and the linear desi n
ith a sli hi h r nnin rail s it e er installation sit ation. he so histicated fittin technol-ogy can be used for door leaf weights of up to 60 kg.
The integrated GEZE Levolan SoftStop draw-in damping integrated in the runner channel gives addi-tional sa et and con enience he slidin door lea es are ided entl and sa el into the end osi-tion ith no an in into the ra e or er.
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
1027
1527
- --------
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHEV1 or Silver
MAX. DOOR WEIGHT60 kg
BUILDING HEIGHT29 mm
DOOR THICKNESS8-12 mm
APPLICATIONGlass, timber, metal and compostite
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
DOOR LENGTH2050 mm, 2450 mm
DOOR WIDTH
GEZE LEVOLAN 60
LEVOLAN 60
1027.0102X
220
SEALS
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin doors ade o ood lastic and metal plus sliding doors, accordion- and partition walls. Release on hinge side with automatic com-ensation in case o an inclined oor arallel dro do n seal li t hei ht to sh to t in roo e. ilicone li astenin ro the otto al in rofile .
lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin doors ade o ood lastic and etal l s slidin doors accordion and artition alls. s eciall or a oors, for sound protec-
tion and s o e shieldin doors release on hin e side fits on the ne en oor seal li t hei ht to shed or dee er ro ed in or li rotection. laterral astenin . l in rofile .
MANUFACTURERPlanet AG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINSwitzerland
WARRENTY7 years
1029
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
Special lenght available on request
PLANET FT
PLANET RF
SEALS
1029.0100X
1029.0101X
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIALl ini ilicone
FINISHGrey
SEAL PROFILEHigh grade silicone or high grade
self extinguishing silicone
GROOVE SIZE13.1x30.5 mm
SEAL HEIGHT to to
SOUND ABSORPTION to d at s ace to
the oor to d at d
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT n realese no allen e
RELEASEUnilaterally on hinge side
FASTENINGro the otto scre s or nails
STOPPING PLATEStainless steel 20x20mm
DIMENSIONS
222
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin doors ade o ood lastic and et-al plus sliding doors, accordion- and partition walls as well, for sound protection- and smoke-shielding doors release on hin e side ith a to atic co ensation in case o an inclined oor arallel drodo n seal li t hei ht to sh or dee er to t in roo e ith li rotection. ilicone li astenin ro the otto al in rofile .
lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin doors ade o ood lastic and etal l s slidin doors accordion and artition alls. s eciall or a oors or so nd rotection
and s o e shieldin doors release on hin e side fits on the ne en oor seal li t hei ht to shed or dee er ro ed in or li rotection. laterral astenin . l in rofile .
1029
PLANET HS
PLANET RH
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
Special lenght available on request
1029.0102X
1029.0103X
SEALS
MANUFACTURERPlanet AG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINSwitzerland
WARRENTY7 years
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIALl ini ilicone
FINISHGrey
SEAL PROFILEHigh grade silicone or high grade self extinguishing silicone
GROOVE SIZE13.1x30.5 up to 40 mm
SEAL HEIGHT to to
SOUND ABSORPTION to d at s ace to
the oor to d at d
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT n realese no allen e
RELEASEUnilaterally on hinge side
FASTENINGOn the side with stainless steel angle
STOPPING PLATEStainless steel 20x20mm
DIMENSIONS
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin all lass doors nilateral release ith arallel dro do n and a to atic co ensation at inclined oor rotection rofile color-less EV1 or similar Niro mat anodized, to be attached and glued, seal height up to 16 mm. Lip from silicone. rotection rofile and rofile ade ro al in . incl. co er late on loc side for folding doors.
lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin all lass doors to be attached and pasted, unilateral release with parallel drop-down and automatic compensation at inclined oor rotection rofile colorless or si ilar iro at anodi ed to e attached and l ed seal hei ht to . i ro silicone. rotection rofile and rofile ade ro al in . mm, incl. cover plate on lock side for folding doors.
MANUFACTURERPlanet AG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINSwitzerland
WARRENTY7 years
1029
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
Special lenght available on request
PLANET KG-A8 & A10
PLANET KG-F8, F10 & F12
SEALS FOR GLASS DOORS
1029.0104X
1029.0105X
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIALl ini ilicone
FINISHGrey
SEAL PROFILEHigh grade silicone or high grade
self extinguishing silicone
SEAL HEIGHTUp to 16 mm
SOUND ABSORPTIONUp to 48dB at 7mm air gap to the oor to d at
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT n realese no allen e
RELEASEUnilaterally on hinge side
FASTENINGTo be glues
STOPPING PLATEStainless steel 20x20mm
DIMENSIONS
224
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
lanet and set are a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin all lass doors and all other doors or retrofittin nilateral release ith arallel dro do n and a to atic co en-sation at inclined oor rotection rofile colorless or si ilar iro at anodi ed to e laterall ce-
ented seal hei ht to . i ro silicone. rotection rofile and rofile ade ro al in 16.5x35 mm, incl. cover plate on lock side for folding doors.
1029
PLANET KG-S
PLANET KG-SM SET
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
Special lenght available on request
1029.0106X
1029.0107X
SEALS FOR GLASS DOORS
MANUFACTURERPlanet AG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINSwitzerland
WARRENTY7 years
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIALl ini ilicone
FINISHGrey
SEAL PROFILEHigh grade silicone or high grade self extinguishing silicone
SEAL HEIGHTUp to 16 mm
SOUND ABSORPTIONUp to 48dB at 7mm air gap to the oor to d at
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT n realese no allen e
RELEASEUnilaterally on hinge side
FASTENINGTo be pasted
STOPPING PLATEStainless steel 20x20mm
DIMENSIONS KG-S
DIMENSIONS KG-SM SET
HANDING FOR KG-SMLeft & right
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The SCHALL-EX Duo L-15 WS, SCHALL-EX o and SCHALL-EX XL-15 are universal seals ade or standard hin ed ti er and etal doors. in e side act ation. he are all s ita le or fire
and s o e roofin ac stic and dra ht rotection. MANUFACTURERAthmer GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1029
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
Special lenght available on request
SCHALL-EX DUO L-15 WS
SCHALL-EX DUO L-15/28 OS
SCHALL-EX XL-15
SEALS
1029.0200X
1029.0201X
1029.0202X
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIALl ini ilicone
FINISHGrey
GROOVE SIZE15x30 mm
SEAL PROFILESelf extinguishing silicone
SEAL HEIGHTUp to 16 mm
SOUND ABSORPTIONUp to 52 dB
ACTUATION o le o le
in le
FASTENINGIn the groove
RELEASEHinge side
TRAVEL
DIMENSIONSSTANDARD LENGHTS
226
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
he closin ed es o doors in aria l resent a ha ard. he re ire ents or di erent ser ro s and structural factors are governed by regional regulations and standards.
is a s ste o rotecti e rofiles or re ated doors that e ecti l re ent a ainst fin ers e-co in tra ed et een the door lea and the ra e o . aila le in di erent odels or hinges.
NR-30 is a roller-type protector that automatically maintains a constant tension. Made of aluminium ho sin and a co er ade o s nthetic fi re. o er is a aila le in ore colo rs.
is s ita le or fire rotection doors
1029
BU-K
NR-30
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired version
Special lenght available on request
1029.0203X
1029.0204X
FINGER PROTECTION
MATERIALAluminium
FINISHAnodised aluminium or colour coated
DIMENSIONS
STANDARD LENGHT1355 mm
AVAILABLE AS A SET COMPRISING rofile elo the otto hin erofile et een the hin esrofile a o e the to hin e
MANUFACTURERAthmer GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
MATERIALl ini a ric
FINISHo sin
Anodised aluminium or colour coated
FABRICYellow-blackBordeaux-blackBlue-blackGreen-blackWhite-blackBlack
DIMENSIONSMin. lenght 290 mmMax. lenght 2500 mm
STANDARD LENGHT1925 mm
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The Porti door opening restrictor prevents hazards and damage caused by doors swinging back. Brakes and stops the door exactly where you want it to. Adaptive dampning protects the door leaf and frame. oncealed in the door lea so no tri in ha ards. ita le ro retrofittin . nd rance tested on asis
of DIN EN 13126-5. Meets class 4.For use in both wooden door leaf with solid wooden door frame and wooden door leaf with metaldoor ra e. aila le in di erent ar len hts.
MANUFACTURERAthmer GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1029
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired arm lenght
PORTI 310 AND 400
DOOR OPENING RESTRICTOR
1029.0205X
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIALnodised al ini rofile
FINISHSilver
GROOVE SIZE
ARM LENGTH
FOR DOOR LEAF WIDTH
DOOR LEAF WEIGHT30 KG
DAMPERHighly elastic PU elastomer
PIVOT BEARINGWear-free plastic
228
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
The blaugelb® seal ro lanet is an a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin doors made of wood, plastic and metal plus sliding doors, accordion- and partition walls as well, for sound protection- and smoke-shielding doors,release on hinge side with automatic compensation in case of an inclined oor arallel dro do n seal li t hei ht to sh or dee er to t in roo e ith li rotection. ilicone li astenin ro the otto al in rofile .
1029
BLAUGELB KT DROP SEAL
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired version
1029.0300X
BLAUGELB KT DROP SEAL
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIALl ini ilicone
FINISHGrey
SEAL PROFILEHigh grade silicone or high grade self extinguishing silicone
GROOVE SIZE13 x 25 mm
SEAL HEIGHTUp to 16 mm
SOUND ABSORPTIONUp to 48dB at 7mm space to the oor
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT n realese no allen e
RELEASEUnilaterally on hinge side
FASTENINGOn the side with stainless steel angle
STOPPING PLATEStainless steel 20x20mm
DIMENSIONS
FURNITURE FITTINGS
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
GBM Solutions has a large number of different cabinet handles in our blaugelb® collection. Our han-dles are MANUFACTURERd in stainless steel for the elegant, simple yet functional look on any cabinet or drawer. The hygienic benefits of stainless steel makes the handles ideal for use in kitchens and bathrooms.
Different designs, shapes and sizes ensures we can supply you with a handle that will cover your specific need.
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1030MATERIAL
Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER12 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
Add the colour coding after the item number
T SHAPE
U SHAPE
EDGED U SHAPE
CABINET HANDLES
1030.0000X
1030.0001X
1030.0002
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER12 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER14 mm
LENGHTS110 mm, cc 96 mm
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
232
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
CABINET HANDLESGBM Solutions has a large number of different cabinet handles in our blaugelb® collection. Our han-dles are MANUFACTURERd in stainless steel for the elegant, simple yet functional look on any cabinet or drawer. The hygienic benefits of stainless steel makes the handles ideal for use in kitchens and bathrooms.
Different designs, shapes and sizes ensures we can supply you with a handle that will cover your specific need.
1030
FH102
FH104
FH105
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
Add the colour coding after the item number
1030.0003X
1030.0004X
1030.0005X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER10 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER12 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
GBM Solutions has a large number of different cabinet handles in our blaugelb® collection. Our han-dles are MANUFACTURERd in stainless steel for the elegant, simple yet functional look on any cabinet or drawer. The hygienic benefits of stainless steel makes the handles ideal for use in kitchens and bathrooms.
Different designs, shapes and sizes ensures we can supply you with a handle that will cover your specific need.
MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1030MATERIAL
Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER10 mm
LENGHTS cc
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
Add the colour coding after the item number
FH015
FLUSH PULL
CABINET HANDLES
1030.0006X
1030.0007X
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER
COLOUR CODING
Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO
234
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
CABINET HANDLESAs a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.
Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.
1030
VECTIS CHROM BRUSH
VECTIS SATIN STAINLESS
FECTIO CHROM BRUSH
NOTE
1030.0100
1030.01001
1030.0102
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome
DIMENSIONSen ht idht ei ht
cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht idht ei ht
cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome
DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht
cc
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
As a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.
Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.
MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1030
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
FECTIO SATIN STAINLESS
BALMO SATIN STAINLESS
BALMO CHROM
CABINET HANDLES
1030.0103
1030.0004
1030.0105
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht
cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht
cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrom mat
DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht
cc
236
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
CABINET HANDLESAs a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.
Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.
1030
TRENTO CHROM
TRENTO STAINNLESS
LIPSIA SATIN CHROM
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
1030.0106X
1030.0107X
1030.0108X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome
DIMENSIONS cc hei ht cc hei ht
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS cc hei ht cc hei ht
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHDual - Chrome satain stainless
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
HEIGHT35 mm
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
As a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.
Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.
MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1030
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
LIPSIA ALU CHROM
ALBONE ALU
HALE CHROM
CABINET HANDLES
1030.0109X
1030.0110X
1030.0111X
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHChrome
DIAMETER12 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHDual - Alu chrome
LENGHTS 104 mm, cc 96 mm cc cc cc
HEIGHT:35 mm
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHAlu
DIAMETER12 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
238
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
CABINET HANDLESAs a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.
Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.
1030
AVENIO CHROM BRUSH
AVENIO CHROM
NICIA CHROM BRUSH
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
1030.0112X
1030.0113X
1030.0114X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome brushed
DIAMETER10 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome brushed
DIAMETER10 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome
DIAMETER10 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
As a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.
Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.
MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1030
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
NICIA CHROM
PANIA CHROM
PANIA CHROM BRUSH
CABINET HANDLES
1030.0115X
1030.0116X
1030.0117X
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHChrome
DIMENSIONS cc ia. cc ia.
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome
DIAMETER10 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHChrome brushed
DIMENSIONS cc ia. cc ia.
240
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
CABINET HANDLESAs a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.
Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.
1030
PANIA STEEL
CALISIA
LINDAVIA
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
1030.0118X
1030.0119X
1030.0120X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome brushed
LENGHTS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS cc ia. cc ia.
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHAlu
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
As a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.
Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.
MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1030
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
LAMEZIA CHROM BRUSH
LAMEZIA CHROM
LAMEZIA STEEL
CABINET HANDLES
1030.0121X
1030.0122X
1030.0123X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome brushed
LENGHTS
THICKNESS3 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome
LENGHTS
THICKNESS3 mm
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin steel look
LENGHTS
THICKNESS3 mm
242
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
CABINET HANDLESAs a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.
Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.
1030
CAPRIS ALU
CAPRIS CROM
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
1030.0124X
1030.0125X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHAlu
LENGHTS
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHChrome brushed
LENGHTS
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Siro has more than 60 years of company history and is a large international player in more than 50 countries. Tradition and resistance combined with striving for innovation has made SIRO one of the leading producers and suppliers of decorative furniture fittings.
Siro is always at the front when it comes to new design, setting trends and developing suitable prod-ucts that meets the standards of modern, contemporary furniture fittings.
MANUFACTURERSIRO GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria
WARRENTY5 years
1030
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
T SHAPE 12 MM
T SHAPE 10 MM
U SHAPE 8 MM
CABINET HANDLES
1030.0200X
1030.0201X
1030.0202X
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER12 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER10 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER8 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc
244
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERSIRO GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria
WARRENTY5 years
CABINET HANDLESSiro has more than 60 years of company history and is a large international player in more than 50 countries. Tradition and resistance combined with striving for innovation has made SIRO one of the leading producers and suppliers of decorative furniture fittings.
Siro is always at the front when it comes to new design, setting trends and developing suitable prod-ucts that meets the standards of modern, contemporary furniture fittings.
1030
U SHAPE 10 MM
LENIO
CANTAS
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
1030.0203X
1030.0204X
1030.0205X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER10 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER10 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER
LENGHTS:
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Siro has more than 60 years of company history and is a large international player in more than 50 countries. Tradition and resistance combined with striving for innovation has made SIRO one of the leading producers and suppliers of decorative furniture fittings.
Siro is always at the front when it comes to new design, setting trends and developing suitable prod-ucts that meets the standards of modern, contemporary furniture fittings.
MANUFACTURERSIRO GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria
WARRENTY5 years
1030
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght
BASCO
CANTAS SS
CANTAS
CABINET HANDLES
1030.0206X
1030.0207X
1030.0208X
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER12,7 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER14 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIAL Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIAMETER10 mm
LENGHTS cc
cc cc cc
246
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERSIRO GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria
WARRENTY5 years
CABINET HANDLESSiro has more than 60 years of company history and is a large international player in more than 50 countries. Tradition and resistance combined with striving for innovation has made SIRO one of the leading producers and suppliers of decorative furniture fittings.
Siro is always at the front when it comes to new design, setting trends and developing suitable prod-ucts that meets the standards of modern, contemporary furniture fittings.
1030
QUATTRO 15 MM
QUATTRO 40 MM
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired lenght
1030.0209X
1030.0210X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
WIDTH15 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
WIDTH10 mm
LENGHTS cc cc cc cc
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
JuNie cylinder lever locks 2931 and 2936 with nut fixture - brass cylinder, nickel or chrome polished, with exterior thread; for steel constructions; 90° turn.
Cylinder lever lock 2976 “without knob”, brass cylinder, nickel-plated satin finish, 90° turn. For glass door
MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1031
NOTE
CYLINDER LEVER LOCKS WITH NUT FIXTURE - 2931
CYLINDER LEVER LOCKS WITH NUT FIXTURE - 2936
CYLINDER LEVER LOCK WITHOUT KNOB - 2976
CABINET LOCKS
1031.0000
1031.0001
1031.0002
MATERIAL Brass
FINISHNickel or chrome polished
OPENING TURN90
KEY2 captive key
APPLICATIONSteel or wood
MATERIAL Brass
FINISHNickel or chrome polished
OPENING TURN90
KEY2 captive key
APPLICATIONSteel or wood
MATERIAL Brass
FINISHNickel -plated satin
OPENING TURN90
KEY2 captive key
APPLICATIONGlass
248
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
CABINET LOCKSSurface mouinted dead locks, 2826, for cylinder, iron nickel plated case, cylinder is brass polished; 2 keys, 1 brass polished rose.
Surface mouinted dead locks, 2828, for cylinder, iron nickel plated case, cylinder is brass polished; 2 keys, 1 brass polished rose. Transposable to 6 various sizes for right, left, drawer and flap. Suitable for masterkey systems.
1031
SURFACE MOUNTED DEAD LOCK - 2826
SURFACE MOUNTED DEAD LOCK - 2828
NOTE
1031.0003
1031.0004
MATERIALase ron linder rass
FINISHase ic el latedlinder olished
KEY2 captive key
ACCESSORIES1 brass polished rose
MATERIALase ron linder rass
FINISHase ic el latedlinder olished
KEY2 captive key
ACCESSORIES1 brass polished rose
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Base lock 1781 without adapters, surface mounted; nickel plated metal case; suitable for all direc-tions; suitable for assembly on fixed lock.
Locking adapterswith thread and fastening screws for assembly on fixed lock. Ø 22 mm, 23 mm long, 360° turn; 2 keys, 1 brass polished rose.
rther c linder len hts a aila le
MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1031
NOTE
BASE LOCK 1781
LOCKING ADAPTER 7638
SYSTEM LOCKS
1031.0005
1031.0006
MATERIALIron
FINISHNickel plated
KEYMKS
MATERIAL Brass
FINISHNickel plated
KEY2 keys
DIAMTERØ22 mm
TURN360
250
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
SYSTEM LOCKSDead locks 7407 for profile-cylinders, nickel plated metal case; for right and left hand use, with cylin-der fastening screw (7422) and nickel plated strike plate (2572) adjustable in axial direction
Half profile cylinder 3351, brass nickel plated; 5 pin tumbler; 3 keys; nickel plated fastening screw M 5 x 85 mm
1031
SYSTEM PZ FOR BUILDING AND FURNITURE - 7407
HALF CYLINDER 3351
NOTE
1031.0007
1031.0008
MATERIALIron
FINISHNickel plated
ACCESSORIESCylinder fastning screwNickel plated striking plate
MATERIALBrass
FINISHNickel plated
KEY3 keys
TUMBLER5 pins
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Furore System latch lock 8506 without cylinder cores; surface mounted, nickel plated metal; 1 nickel plated rose; to be used in all directions; for door thickness up to 19 mm ( up to 26 mm with extended cylinder core)
Knob “rotating and lockable” 8521, metal, Ø 28 mm, with 4 rubber rings prepared for cylinder “without cylinder cores. Rotating and lockable; 180° turn; for door thickness up to 21 mm
Cylinder 8536 with 10 pin tumblers, all brass; nickel plated on visible surface, 2 keys.
MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1031
NOTE
LATCH LOCK 8506
KNOB - 8521
CYLINDERS 8536
INTERCHANGEABLE CYLINDER CORES
1031.0009
1031.0010
1031.0011
MATERIALMetal
FINISHNickel plated
DOOR THICKNESS21 mm
DIAMTERØ28 mm
OPENING ANGLE180
MATERIALMetal
FINISHNickel plated
DOOR THICKNESS19 mm
APPLICATIONWood
Dead, latch & espagnolette locks With or without plate
MATERIALBrass
FINISHNickel plated
TUMBLER10 Pin
KEY2 keys
252
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
INTERCHANGEABLE CYLINDER CORESCentral locking device 8516 with drawer catch; without cylinder cores; nickel plated metal; Ø 18 mm; 1 nickel plated rose (7411); for door thickness up to 19 mm or 26 mm; 180° turn; 13 mm throw
Cylinder core 8535 nick. plated metal; for door thickness of 19mm; 5 disc tumblers; 2 reversible keys; suitable for masterkey system.
1031
CENTRAL LOCKING DEVICE 8516
CYLINDER CORE 8535
NOTECylinder core 8535 - decor gold plated available on demande
1031.0012
1031.0013
MATERIALMetal
FINISHNickel plated
KEY2 reversible keys
TUMBLER5 disc
MATERIALMetal
FINISHNickel plated
DOOR THICKNESS
DIAMTERØ18 mm
TURN180
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Furore System counter plate 8572 for glass door lever lock, nickel plated metal; two-piece, with screw fixture; 2 plastic washers; for thickness of material from 4 mm to 10 mm.ccessories incl. scre scre .
Glass door lever lock 8571 nickel plated metal;without cylinder cores; for thickness of material from 4 mm to 10 mm; 180° turn. ccessories incl. nic el lated satin inish co er late ith lastic asher nic el lated
lever form A (2660); 1 brass nut M19 (2619) with plastic washer; 1 spacer (2661); 1 tooth lock washer (2662); 1 screw (2663); 1 strike plate (2572)
MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
1031
NOTE
COUNTER PLATE FOR GLASS DOOR 8572
GLASS DOOR LEVER LOCK 8571
CYLINDERS 8536
INTERCHANGEABLE CYLINDER CORES - GLASS
1031.0014
1031.0015
1031.0011
MATERIALMetal
FINISHNickel plated
DOOR THICKNESS4-10 mm
OPENING ANGLE180
MATERIALMetal
FINISHNickel plated
DOOR THICKNESS4-10 mm
MATERIALBrass
FINISHNickel plated
TUMBLER10 Pin
KEY2 keys
254
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Plastic dual castor wheels with fitting=plate and wheels in black RAL 9005.
Plastic dual castor with brake with fitting=plate and wheels in black RAL 9005
Design swivel castor with housing of zinc diecasting, grey polyurethane tyre and threaded stem for fitting.
MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1032
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired dimension
PLASTIC DUAL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG
PLASTIC DUAL CASTOR WITH BRAKE - MAX LOAD 40 KG
DESIGN SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG
FURNITURE CASTORS
1032.0000X
1032.0001X
1032.0002
WHEEL DIAMETER
WEIGHT
GROUND CLEARANCE
FIXING PLATE42x42 mm, cc 32x32 mm
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER5 mm
WHEEL DIAMETER
WEIGHT
GROUND CLEARANCE
FIXING PLATE42x42 mm, cc 32x32 mm
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER5 mm
WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm
WEIGHT50 Kg
GROUND CLEARANCE100 mm
THREADED STEM10 x 15 mm
256
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
FURNITURE CASTORSPlastic dual castor with black housing and grey wheels. Fixing plate.
Plastic dual castor with brake, black housing and grey wheels. Fixing plate.
1032
PLASTIC DUAL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG
PLASTIC DUAL CASTOR WITH BRAKE - MAX LOAD 50 KG
NOTEAvailable in more sizes on request
1032.0003
1032.0004
WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm
WEIGHT50 Kg
GROUND CLEARANCE100 mm
FIXING PLATE47x47 mm cc
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6 mm
WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm
WEIGHT50 Kg
GROUND CLEARANCE100 mm
FIXING PLATE47x47 mm cc
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6 mm
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Fixed castor with fork of sheet steel, black.Tread and wheel body in Plastic transparent.Plain bearing.
Swivel castor with fork of sheet steel, black, dual-row ball bearings collar in fork head. Plain bearingWheel body in Plastic transparent
Swivel castor with break and fork of sheet steel, black, dual-row ball bearings collar in fork head. Plain bearing Wheel body in Plastic transparent
MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1032
NOTEAvailable in more sizes on request
FIXED CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG
SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG
SWIVEL CASTOR WITH TOTAL BRAKE - MAX LOAD 50 KG
FURNITURE CASTORS
1032.0005
1032.0006
1032.0007
WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm
WHEEL WIDTH23 MM
WEIGHT50 Kg
GROUND CLEARANCE103 mm
FIXING PLATE60x60 mm
cc
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6,3 mm
WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm
WHEEL WIDTH23 MM
WEIGHT50 Kg
GROUND CLEARANCE103 mm
FIXING PLATE60x60 mm
cc
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6,3 mm
WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm
WHEEL WIDTH23 MM
WEIGHT50 Kg
GROUND CLEARANCE103 mm
FIXING PLATE60x60 mm
cc
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6,3 mm
258
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
FURNITURE CASTORSBoth models are swivel castor, with zinc plated sheet steel housing and rubber wheel. Suitable for hard floors
1032
SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 40 KG
SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG
NOTEAvailable in more sizes on request
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired dimension
1032.0008X
1032.0009X
WHEEL DIAMETER
WHEEL WIDHT
WEIGHT
GROUND CLEARANCE
FIXING PLATE cc cc
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6,5 mm for all sizes
WHEEL DIAMETER
WHEEL WIDHT
WEIGHT
GROUND CLEARANCE
FIXING PLATE cc c cc c cc
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Box castor with zinc plated sheet steel housing, plastic wheel and plain bearing. Suitable for soft floors
MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1032
NOTEAvailable in more sizes on request
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired dimension
FIXED CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG
SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG
SWIVEL CASTOR WITH TOTAL BRAKE - MAX LOAD 50 KG
FURNITURE CASTORS
1032.0010X
1032.0001X
1031.0011
WHEEL DIAMETER
WHEEL WIDHT
WEIGHT
GROUND CLEARANCE
FIXING PLATE cc cc cc
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER
260
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
FURNITURE CASTORSSwivel castor with zinc plated sheet steel housing. Plastic wheel. Suitable for soft floors
1032
SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 25 KG
NOTEAvailable in more sizes on request
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired dimension
1032.0011X
WHEEL DIAMETER
WHEEL WIDHT
WEIGHT
GROUND CLEARANCE
FIXING PLATE cc cc cc
SCREW HOLE DIAMETER5 mm for all sizes
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
BMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.
For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings
BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture
MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1033
NOTE
ALU BRUSHED - RAL 9006
CHROM POLISHED
CHROM BRUSHED
CABLE ENTRY Ø60 MM
1033.0000A
1033.0000C
1033.0000E
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DIAMETERø 60 mm
HIGHT
WHITE1033.0000B
BLACK1033.0000D
SATIN STAINLESS STEEL FINISH1033.0000F - 1033.0000G
262
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
CABLE ENTRY Ø80 MMBMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.
For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings
BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture
1033
BLACK
NOTE
1033.0001BALU BRUSHED1033.0001A
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DIAMETERø 80 mm
HIGHT
STAINLESS STEEL FINISH1033.0001D
CHROME POLISHED1033.0001C
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
BMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.
For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings
BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture
MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1034
NOTE
CONNECTOR 15 MM - DEPTH 19 MM
CONNETOR 20 MM - DEPTH 19 MM
BOLTS 5 MM
ACCESSORIES
1034.0000A - 1034.0000BTECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
1034.0000AConnector 15 mm - Depth 19 mm
itho t co er an eNickle plated
1034.0000BConnector 15 mm - Depth 19 mm
ith co er an eNickle plated
1034.0001Ae o sin
Depth 19 mmlastic inc allo
1034.0001BLarge opening
o sin Depth 19 mm
lastic inc allo
1034.0001Ce o sin
Depth 19 mmlastic inc allo
1034.0001DLarge opening
o sin Depth 19 mm
lastic inc allo
1034.0002AV-Type Connector ø20 mm
Depth 19 mmlastic a ac
1034.0002BLarge opening connector ø20 mm
Depth 19 mmlastic a ac
1034.0003ACover cap for ø12 & ø15 mm
WhitePlastic
1034.0004ASteel bolt ø5 mm
Lenght 20 mmZinc plated
1034.0004BSteel bolt ø5 mm
Lenght 30 mmZinc plated
1034.0005ASteel bolt ø5 mm
Zinc plated
1034.0005BSteel bolt M4
Zinc plated
HOUSING Ø20/10 - Ø30/10 MM
1034.0001A - 1034.0001D
COVER CAP FOR Ø12 & Ø15 MM
1034.0003A
BOLTS FOR 20, 25 AND 32 MM1034.0005A - 1034.0005B
1034.0002A - 1034.0002B
1034.0004A - 1034.0004B
264
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
ACCESSORIESBMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.
For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings
BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture
1034
DOUBLE BALL CATCH
NOTE
1034.0009A - 1034.0009F
BOLTS FOR 30 MM1034.0006A - 1034.0006B
BRASS SPREADING DOWEL M41034.0008A
NYLON DOWEL M41034.0007A
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
1034.0006AModulfix bolt 5mmThread lenght 11 mmZinc plated
1034.0006BModulfix boltThread M4Zinc plated
1034.0007ANylon dowel M4Lenght & Ø 8 mmWhite plastic
1034.0008ABrass spreadsing dowel M4Lenght 7,8 mm, Ø 5 mmBrass
1034.0009ABrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelZinc plated, lenght 43 mm
1034.0009BBrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelNickel plated, lenght 43 mm
1034.0009CBrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelZinc plated, lenght 50 mm
1034.0009DBrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelNickel plated, lenght 50 mm
1034.0009EBrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelZinc plated, lenght 60 mm
1034.0009FBrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelNickel plated, lenght 60 mm
1034.0010ACarcase connentor,screw om typea a inc allo
1034.0011ACarcase connentor,screw om typea a inc allo
1034.0011BCarcase connentor,screw om typea a inc allo
CARCASE CONNECTOR1034.0011A - 1034.0011B
CARCASE CONNECTOR1034.0010A
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
BMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.
For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings
BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture
MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1034
NOTE
PROFILED PLATE
WORKTOP CONNECTOR
ACCESSORIES
1034.0012A - 1034.0012BTECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
1034.0012AProfiled plate
43 mmSteel blanc
1034.0012BProfiled plate
60 mmSteel blanc
1034.0013AConnecting screw w. M4 thread
28-36 mmSteel nickel plated
1034.0013BConnecting screw w. M4 thread
36-44 mmSteel nickel plated
1034.0014APre-assembledLenght 65 mm
Steel zink plated
1034.0014BPre-assembled
Lenght 150 mmSteel zink plated
1034.0015APre-assembled
quick assembly with screwdriverLenght 65 mm
Steel zink plated
1034.0015BPre-assembled
quick assembly with screwdriverLenght 150 mmSteel zinc plated
CONNECTING SCREW W. M4 THREAD
1034.0013A - 1034.0013B
WORKTOP CONNECOTR1034.0015A - 1034.0015B1034.0014A - 1034.0014B
266
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
ACCESSORIESBMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.
For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings
BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture
1034
NOTE
TABLE LEGS Ø60 MM
TABLE LEGS Ø80 MM
1034.0016A - 1034.0016C
1034.0017A - 1034.0017B
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
1034.0016ATable legs ø 60 mmLenght 870 mmChrome polished4 pcs.
1034.0016BTable legs ø 60 mmLenght 870 mmatin stainless steel finish
4 pcs.
1034.0016CTable legs ø 60 mmLenght 1110 mmatin stainless steel finish
1 pcs.
1034.0017ATable legs ø 80 mmLenght 870 mmatin stainless steel finish
4 pcs.
1034.0017BTable legs ø 80 mmLenght 1110 mmatin stainless steel finish
1 pcs.
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
BMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.
For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings
BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture
MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
1035
NOTE
SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE
SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE
SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE
WARDROBE ACCESSORIES
1035.0000A - 1035.0000CTECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
1035.0000AShelf support T5 5 mm bore hole
Transparent plastic
1035.0000BShelf support T5 5 mm bore hole
White plastic
1035.0000CShelf support T5 5 mm bore hole
Brown plastic
1035.0001AShelf support
5 mm bore holeNickel plated
1035.0001BShelf support
5 mm bore holeNickel plated
1035.0001CShelf support
5 mm bore holeNickel plated
1035.0001DShelf support
5 mm bore holeNickel plated
1035.0001EShelf support
5 mm bore holeNickel plated
SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE1035.0001A
SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE1035.0001C
SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE1035.0001E
1035.0001B
1035.0001D
268
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
gbm-solutions.com
MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY5 years
WARDROBE ACCESSORIESBMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.
For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings
BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture
1035
SHELF SUPPORT - PIN
NOTE
1035.0002D - 1035.0002E
SHELF SUPPORT - PIN1035.0002A
GLASS SHELF SUPPORT - PIN1035.0002C
SHELF SUPPORT - PIN1035.0002B
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
1035.0002AShelf support pin5 x 24 mmZinc plated
1035.0002BShelf support pin5 x 20 mmZinc plated
1035.0002CGlass shelf support pinw. rubber - 5 x 20 mmZinc plated
1035.0002DShelf support pin5 x 16,5 mm Zinc plated
1035.0002EShelf support pin5 x 16,5 mm Nickel plated
1035.0003AOval tube, glueless welded 30 x 15 x 1 mmCrhome platedLength 2000 mm
1035.0003BOval tube, glueless welded 30 x 15 x 1 mmCrhome platedLength 5000 mm
1035.0004ATube bracket w. screw holes Nickel plated
TUBE BRACKET W. 3 SCREW HOLES1035.0004A
OVAL TUBE 30 X 15 MM1035.0003A - 1035.0003B
273 BATHROOM SUPPLIERS275 BARRIER FREE283 DISPENSERS & BINS295 BATHROOM ACCESSORIES
4 BATHROOM
272
ONLY THE BEST WILL DO
The bathroom suppliers we collaborate with are well known for their
quality, expertise and not least, the inspirational and functional de-
signs that has won numerous prices and design awards. From the
smallest of towel hooks to an extra-large sanitary panel - the atten-
tion to detail is always at the center of product development.
Furthermore, our bathroom suppliers has an extraordinary way of
considering - not only their own bathroom product design, but also
to fully take into consideration the environment in which the product
has to work and function. That means their products are well de-
signed, timeless in their expression, functional, easy to install and
not least hygienic and easy to clean as the surroundings in which
they are installed often are harsh and challenging due to the use of
chemical cleaning agents and very often humid environments.
The bathroom products that we supply are sure to live up to your
expectations and to enhance any bathroom installation in which it is
installed hether it is a ri ate athroo an entire hotel oor or
a larger sanitary installation in an airport or a commercial building.
In GBM Solutions, we work closely together with clients, architects,
engineers, developers and our trusted suppliers to tailor a solution of
products that exactly suit, not only the requirement for design and
function, but also the desired budget.
OUR BATHROOM SUPPLIERS
SUPPLIERS
HEWI
HEWI is a worldwide supplier of sanitary, hardware and electronic lock-
in s ste s. n de elo ed its first fittin s rod cts or
older and disabled people. In collaboration with users, architects and
those a ected de elo ed rther nctional and desi n oriented
products – and became the topic and brand leader in the accessibility
sector.
Design, Material and Quality combined with intelligent functions and
consistent desi n are nified at . ard innin desi n ith
high quality and well thought through functions characterize the
HEWI sanitary systems and ranges. Comfort and convenience as-
pects and accessibility products are integrated in each HEWI sanitary
system, so that intergenerational use is possible.
The modularity of HEWI sanitary systems makes them suitable for
both private and public buildings as well as for institutional care fa-
cilities. co rehensi e rod ct ran e ens res c sto fit sol tions
precisely orientated to the area of use.
ith the net or in o the three siness se ents hard are sani-
tar and electronic loc in s ste s satisfies the ro in de and
of the market and provides comprehensive system solutions from a
single source. Whether entrance area, sanitary room or staircase, the
products are coordinated with each other, both in style and in function.
OUR BATHROOM SUPPLIERS
SUPPLIERS
D LINE
d line is a global supplier of interior concepts with a product portfo-
lio comprising door levers, locks, sanitary hardware, handrail, signs &
access control equipment. The d line series are all designed by the
Danish designer and Professor Knud Holscher.
The bathroom accessories from d line are all based on these quali-
ties; impeccable design solutions, intrinsic functionalism and instal-
lation techniques developed through years of invaluble experience.
Hygiene and maintenance are already prevalent concerns in the
products design phase.
d line is able to supply bathroom accessories for every need - wheter
it is for at private home or a larger commercial building. As with all
d line products they are produced in AISI 316 steel for a long life
circle and easy maintenance which makes the products suitable for
use in very humid environments. d line is also able to supply a range
of products to suit the people with special needs. Beautiful and ele-
gant lines characterizes the d line barrier free range. Suitable also for
hi h tra c areas d e to the stron et e i le desi n.
d line continue to expand their business with focus on emerging cus-
tomer needs, innovation and design. From the headquarters in Denmark
they employ approximately 60 people in 7 countries and market their
products in over 40 countries.
274
BARRIER FREE
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
L shaped support rail, made of high-quality stainless steel, satin surface. Vertical and horizontal bars oined to or an sha e. all connection ith fili ree s orts er endic lar to all and at s are roses. as installation d e to indi id all o nted fi in lates ade o hi h alit
stainless steel for hanging the support rails. Left handed version
Vertical stainless steel rail with supports perpendicular to the wall, with shower head holder and rose fi in s. all connection ith fili ree s orts er endic lar to all and at s are roses Cubic shower head holder with 95 mm long function lever for easy use, shower head holder contin-o sl ad sta le. as installation d e to indi id all o nted fi in lates ade o hi h alit
stainless steel for hanging the rail.
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
2010MATERIAL
Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSertical len ht
ori ontal len ht e th
ail dia. oses
ITEMe t handed
i ht handed
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
lied ith fi in aterial
HEWI L-SHAPED SUPPORT RAIL - 950.22.600LXA
HEWI RAIL WITH SHOWER HEAD HOLDER - 950.33.600XA
HEWI RAIL WITH SHOWER HEAD HOLDER - 950.33.610XA
BARRIER FREE
2010.0000X
2010.0001
2010.0002
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht e th
ail dia. oses
SHOWER HEAD HOLDERaterial teel
Hewi colour 92 (anthracite grey)
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht e th ail
oses
SHOWER HEAD HOLDERaterial teel
Hewi colour 92 (anthracite grey)
276
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
tainless steel strai ht ar ith s orts er endic lar to the all and rose fi in s. all connection ith fili ree s orts er endic lar to all and at s are roses. as installation d e to
indi id all o nted fi in lates ade o hi h alit stainless steel or han in the s ort rails.lied ith fi in aterial.
Hinged support rail Mono, stainless steel with a horizontal, two-dimensional gripping level, can be folded upwards and, with friction device, downwards. Wall-mounting plate cap made of high-quality ol a ide in stainless steel loo . or all o ntin ith s ecial fi in aterial ro .
Hinged support rail Duo,stainlees steel with two gripping levels arranged above each other, can be folded upwards and, with friction device, downwards. Bottom rail is merged with the top rail at an angle of 135°. Wall-mounting plate cap made of high-quality polyamide in stainless steel-look For wall
o ntin ith s ecial fi in aterial ro
2010
HEWI SUPPORT RAIL - 950.36.630XA
HEWI HINGED SUPPORT RAIL MONO - 950.50.610XA
NOTEUpgrade kits such as toilet roll holder, arm pad etc. are available for the hinged support rails.
2010.0003
2010.0004
BARRIER FREE
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht e th ail oses
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht ail dia. o ntin late
FIXINGall o ntin hree oint fi in
Fixing material to be ordered sep-arately according to wall type so please advise when ordering.
HEWI HINGED SUPPORT RAIL DUO- 950.50.630XA2010.0005
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht o ail dia. otto rail o ntin late
FIXINGall o ntin hree oint fi in
Fixing material to be ordered sep-arately according to wall type so please advise when ordering.
LOAD CAPACITY100 kg (accessible to DIN 18040)
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
ac rest or hin ed seats and . ade o lass fi re rein orced ol a -ide. o ered fi in . ncl din non corrosi e fi in aterial
HEWI Hinged seat 350, construction made of wall bracket and continuous seat. Seat made of white, lass fi re rein orced ol a ide. all rac et ade o etal hite o der coated. eat can e old-
ed seat de th hen olded . o str ts or fi in s isi le in olded state.o ina le ith ac rest . . . lied onl ith fi in aterial.
Mobile, lightweight, shower-proof stool. Discrete round tubular design combined with an ergonomi-cally curved seat. Generously sized, pleasantly warm seat made of polyamide, slightly textured. With inte rated ri in handle slots or eas sittin do n and standin .
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
2010MATERIAL
lass fi er
FINISH hite
nthracite re
DIMENSIONSidth i ht
e th
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
lied ith fi in aterial
HEWI BACK REST - 950.51.02090
HEWI HINGED SEAT 350 - 950.51.20090
HEWI SHOWER STOOL - 950.51.30092
BARRIER FREE
2010.0006X
2010.0007X
2010.0008
MATERIALlass fi er
FINISH hite
nthracite re
DIMENSIONSidth e th i ht
LOAD CAPACITY:Up to 150 Kg
FRAME hro e finish r er eet
SEAT Textured polyamide
Hewi colour 92 (anthracite grey)
DIMENSIONSi ht idth
eat idth
LOAD CAPACITY150 kg (accessible to DIN 18040)
278
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
d line grab rail Ø35 mm AISI 316 satin stainless steel
d line hang on seat for grab rail Ø32mm, High seat level with Non-slip surface to ensure correct posi-tioning for users. Tested up to 450 kg. Produced in non-allergenic PU foam. Fold up seat, seat depth when folded up is 157 mm (incl. rail)
d line wallhunges seat, PU foam and AISI 316 satin stainless steel
2010
D LINE SHOWER GRAB RAIL - 14.7503
D LINE HANG ON SEAT - 14.7502
NOTEScrews for mounting are NOT included
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
2010.0100
2010.0101X
BARRIER FREE
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSei ht idth e th
SHOWER HEAD HOLDERMust be ordered seperately
MATERIALPolyamide
FINISH hite nthracite re
DIMENSIONSei ht idth. e th
FIXINGOn grab rail
D LINE WALLHUNG SEAT - 14.75022010.0102X
MATERIALPU Foam
FINISH hite nthracite re
DIMENSIONSei ht idth. e th
FIXINGWall hung
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
d line grab rail Ø35mm AISI 316 satin stainless steel, straight end. incl. wall supports
d line grab rail Ø35mm AISI 316 satin stainless steel. bend end. incl wall supports MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
2010MATERIAL
Stainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht
cc e th
NOTEGrab rails is available in more lenghts on request
STRAIGHT GRAB RAIL SET 615 MM - STRAIGHT END - 14.7503
STRAIGHT GRAB RAIL SET 859 MM - BEND END - 14.7503
BARRIER FREE
2010.0103
2010.0104
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht
cc e th
280
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
d line toilet grab rail Ø32 mm AISI 316 satin stainless steel. Toilet roll holder can be ordered seperately.
d line hinged cantilever grab rail with support legs, Floor height 685 mm, BS, satin stainless steel AISI 316
d line hinged cantilever grab rail with support legs, Floor height 850 mm, DIN, satin stainless steel AISI 316
2010
D LINE TOILET GRAB RAIL - 14.7502
D LINE HINGED CANTILEVER GRAB RAIL 680 - 14.7502
NOTEUpgrade kits such as toilet roll holder, arm pad etc. are available for the hinged support rails.
Screws for mounting are NOT included
2010.0105
2010.0106
BARRIER FREE
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht ac late
D LINE HINGED CANTILEVER GRAB RAIL 850 - 14.75022010.0107
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht ac late
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht ac late
DISPENSERS & BINS
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Wastebin - cubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount. Wall mount 15 mm deep, Waste bin for used paper hand towels. Invisible, integrated bag holder. For mounting on wall. Aperture made of high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white)
Hygiene wastebin with cubical body with recessed wall base panel. Used as container for hygiene waste. Cover with hinged lid. For wall mounting. Bin and cover made of high-quality stainless steel- opening made of high-quality polyamide. Opening in HEWI colour 92 (anthracite grey) or opening in HEWI colour 99 (pure white)
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
2011MATERIAL
Stainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth
i ht e th
CAPACITYApprox 25 L
APERTURE hite
nthracite re
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
HEWI WASTEPAPER BIN - 805.05.100
HEWI WASTEPAPER BIN WITH LID - 805.05.110
DISPENSERS & BINS
2011.0000X
2011.0001X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth
i ht e th
CAPACITYApprox 25 L
APERTURE hite
nthracite re
HEWI HYGIENE WASTE BIN - 805.05.2002011.0002X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth
i ht e th
CAPACITYApprox 6 L
APERTURE hite
nthracite re
284
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Hygiene combination with cubical body with recessed wall base panel. Used as container for hygiene waste with integrated opening for a pack of hygiene bags. Invisible, integrated bag holder and cov-er with hinged lid. For wall mounting. Bin and cover made of high-quality stainless steel, with satin s r ace finish. enin ade o hi h alit ol a ide in colo r anthracite re or colour 99 (pure white)
Soap dispenser with cubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount, wall o nt dee to e filled ith standard li id soa . nner container or ree fillin side le el
indicator and with locking system to protect against misuse. Lever and functional closure made of high-quality polyamide in HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white).he sensor soa dis enser is ith atter chan e indicator. atteries a .
batteries) not included
2011
HEWI HYGIENE COMBINATION -. 805.05.210
HEWI SOAP DISPENSER - 805.06.100
NOTEScrews for mounting are NOT included
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
2011.0003X
2011.0004X
DISPENSERS & BINS
MANUFACTURERHEWI Gmbh
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
HEWI SENSORIC SOAP DISPENSER - 805.06.1152011.0005X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
CAPACITYApprox 6 L
APERTURE hite nthracite re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
CAPACITY600 ml
APERTURE hite nthracite re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
CAPACITY1000 ml
APERTURE hite nthracite re
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Foam soap dispenser with cubic body with recessed wall mount 10 mm deep. Used to hold standard oa soa . ith internal container or ree fillin internal container can e re o ed or cleanin .
Side level indicator, with locking system to protect against misuse. Made of high-quality stainless steel ith satin s r ace finish. e er and nctional end ade o hi h alit ol a ide in the colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white) The sensor foam dispenser is with batteri change indicator. atteries i non . atteries not incl ded.
isin ectant dis enser hal o en od ade o hi h alit stainless steel satin s r ace finish. or dispensing controlled quantities of alcohol-based hand disinfectants, with long lever. Metered quanti-ty with multiple settings, dispensing pump made of stainless steel. Dispenser and pump dishwasher sa e and can e a tocla a le to ar. ncl. l e t container or ree re fillinDischarge cover in HEWI colour 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white)
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
2011
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
HEWI FOAMED SOAP DISPENSER - 805.06.150
HEWI SENSORIC FOAMED SOAP DISPENSER - 805.06.155
DISPENSERS & BINS
2011.0006X
2011.0007X
HEWI DISINFECTANT DISPENSER - 805.06.3502011.0008X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth
i ht e th
CAPACITY1000 ml
APERTURE hite
nthracite re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth
i ht e th
CAPACITY1000 ml
APERTURE hite
nthracite re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
CAPACITY500 ml bottles
APERTURE hite
nthracite re
286
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Paper towel dispenser with cubical body with recessed wall base panel. Holds standard paper towels ith old ith idth to and olded len th de th o . or all o ntin . in
and co er ade o hi h alit stainless steel ith satin s r ace finish. enin ade o hi h alit polyamide in HEWI colour 92 (anthracite grey) or HEWI colour 99 (pure white).
Sensoric toilet roll holder in stainless steel with cubic body with recessed wall mount 15 mm deep. Used to hold standard toilet rolls with outer feed, max. roll width 210 mm, max. roll ø 200 mm, tube ø 38 mm. Side level indicator and easy toilet roll change. With battery change indicator. Non-contact a er dis ensin and ad sta le a er len th or . nte rated tear o ed e. ith
locking system to protect against misuse. Maintenance-free. Opening made of high-quality polyamide in the colo rs anthracite re or re hite . atteries ono . batteries) not included. Can be converted to mains connection 950.06.E01
2011
HEWI PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - 805.06.500
HEWI SENSORIC TOILET ROLL DISPENSER
NOTE
Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
2011.0009X
2011.0010X
DISPENSERS & BINS
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
HEWI HYGIENE BAG DISPENSER - 805.06.7002011.0011
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
CAPACITYApprox 300-450 paper towels
APERTURE hite nthracite re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
CAPACITY600 ml
APERTURE hite nthracite re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
d line oa dis enser or all o nt ith concealed fi in satin stainless steel. tton or li id soa li id disin ectant and a lac tton incl ded. d line oa dis enser ith concealed � -ing for foam soap, AISI 316 satin stainless steel. Button for foam soap and a black button included.
d line wall mounted paper towel dispenser AISI 316 satin stainless steel. With or without lid
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
2011
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
D LINE SOAP DISPENSER - 14.7045
D LINE SOAP DISPENSER 2 X 350 ML - 14.7045
DISPENSERS & BINS
2011.0100X
2011.0001
D LINE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - 14.70802011.0002X
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 85 mm
i ht e th
CAPACITY350 ml
VERSION oa isin ectant
oa
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
CAPACITY2 x 350 ml
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
VERSION itho t lid
ith lid
288
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
d line wall mounted tissue dispenser in AISI 316 satin stainless steel.
d line wall mounted sanitary bag dispenser in AISI 316 satin stainless steel.
d line wall mounted toilet seat cover dispenser in AISI 316 satin stainless steel.
2011
D LINE TISSUE DISPENSER - 14.7091
D LINE SANITARY BAG DISPENSER - 14.7095
NOTE
2011.0103
2011.0104
DISPENSERS & BINS
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
D LINE TOILET SEAT DISPENSER - 14.70922011.0105
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
d line Wall mounted sensor controlled hand dryer in AISI 316 satin stainless steel - 1600 W
d line Round maxi toilet roll holder in small Ø 212 mm or large Ø308 mm with steel front AISI 316 satin stainless steel
d line Round maxi toilet roll holder in small Ø 212 mm or large Ø308 mm with green acrylic front AISI 316 satin stainless steel
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
2011
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
D LINE SENSOR CONTROLLED HAND DRYER - 14.7082
D LINE MAXI TOILET ROLL HOLDER, STEEL FRONT - 14.7086
DISPENSERS & BINS
2011.0106
2011.0107X
D LINE MAXI TOILET ROLL HOLDER, ACRYLIC FRONT - 14.70872011.0108X
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth
i ht e th
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSe th
VERSION all ar e
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
Front in Green acrylic
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSe th
VERSION all ar e
290
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
d line wall mounted waste paper bin with oval or round opening AISI 316 satin stainless steel
Large waste bin for wall mounting, with or without lid, satin stainless steel AISI 316
XL waste bin for wall mounting, with lid with oblong hole, satin stainless steel AISI 316
2011
D LINE SMALL WASTE BIN - 14.7097
D LINE LARGE WASTE BIN - 14.7085
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired version
2011.0109X
2011.0110X
DISPENSERS & BINS
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
D LINE EXTRA LARGE WASTE BIN - 14.70852011.0111
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
CAPACITY15 L
VERSION o nd o enin al o enin
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
CAPACITY20 L
VERSION ith lid itho t lid
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
CAPACITY40 L
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
d line has an a ard innin sanitar anel s ste a hi hl e i le od lar s ste that is in-tended or all recessin t also can e o nted as a all o nted s ste . e to the e i ilit and the variety of applications the system is ideal for use in commercial, industrial and residential environments.
d line recessed sanitary panel, 8 module HDK, Paper towel dispenser, double soap dispenser and s all aste in ith a satin stainless steel
d line recessed sanitar anel od le a er to el dis enser and s all aste in ith a satin stainless steel AISI 316
d line recessed sanitar anel od le a er to el dis enser and lar e aste in ith a satin stainless steel AISI 316
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
2012
NOTEOther combinations are available on request
D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HDK - PAPER, SOAP, WASTE BIN
D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HK - PAPER, WASTE BIN
SANITARY PANELS
2012.0100
2012.0101
D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HL - PAPER, WASTE BIN2012.0102
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht
e th
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
Front in Green acrylic
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht
e th
292
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Recessed sanitary panel, 10 module HJZ, Paper dispenser, handdryer and XXL waste bin, satin stain-less steel AISI 316
d line recessed sanitary panel, 8 module HJR, Paper towel dispenser, sensor controlled hand dryer and waste bin with oval front opening, satin stainless steel AISI 316
d line recessed sanitary panel, 10 module HIL, Paper dispenser, large sensor controlled hand dryer and large waste bin, satin stainless steel AISI 316
2012
D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HJZ - PAPER, DRYER, XXL WASTE BIN
D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HJR - PAPER, DRYER, WASTE BIN
NOTEOther combinations are available on request
2012.0103
2012.0104
SANITARY PANELS
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HIL - PAPER, LARGE DRYER, WASTE BIN2012.0104
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
ACCESSORIES
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Toilet roll holder in AISI stainless steel Ø 14 x 145 mm, with bracket in either satin stainless steel, ead lasted stainless steel hite rilsan or lac rilsan. ith concealed fi in . id is o tional.
Spare toilet roll holder in AISI stainless steel Ø 14 x 160 mm with snap on cover rose ø50 mm
Toilet brush set in AISI stainless steel Ø 14 mm, stainless steel handle and grey brush. With black polyamide lid.
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
2013
NOTE
D LINE TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 14.7055
D LINE SPARE TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 14.7062
D LINE ACCESSORIES
2013.0100X
2013.0101
D LINE TOILET BRUSH SET - 14.70612013.0102
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm
en ht
BRACKET atin steel
ead lasted hite ilsan re ilsan
tainless steel lid
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm
i ht ose
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm
andle len ht ontainer hei ht
296
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Soap dish, satin stainless steel AISI 316 with stainless steel, white or grey dish.
Glass holder in AISI 316 satin stainless steel, with frosted glass.
Bathroom box set with toilet brush set, toilet roll holder, spare roll holder and 2 hooks with pin.
2013
D LINE SOAD DISH - 14.7034
D LINE GLASS HOLDER INCL. FROSTED GLASS - 14.7042
NOTEOther combinations are available on request
2013.0103X
2013.0104
D LINE ACCESSORIES
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
D LINE BATHROOM BOX SET - 14.70602013.0105
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm
idth e th
SHELF tainless steel hite ilsan re ilsan
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm
idth en ht
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
INCLUDESToilet brush setToilet roll holder, satin bracketSpare roll holder2 x hook with pin
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
o el rail in di erent len ths.
o el rail in di erent len ths.
Shower door set in either ø 14 mm or ø 19 mm. Incl. door stop
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
2013
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
D LINE TOWEL RAIL Ø 14 MM - 14.7050
D LINE TOWEL RAIL Ø 19 MM - 14.7052
D LINE ACCESSORIES
2013.0106X
2013.0107X
SHOWER DOOR SET Ø 14 MM OR Ø 19 MM - 14.7050/14.70522013.0108X
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 19 mm
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS
298
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Ø 14 mm hook with pin on rose, satin stainless steel AISI 316.
Ø 14 mm hook with slith, satin stainless steel AISI 316
Ø 14 mm hook with head Ø25 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316
2013
D LINE HOOK WITH PIN - 14.5605
D LINE HOOK WITH SLITH - 14.5610
NOTE
2013.0109
2013.0110
D LINE ACCESSORIES
MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
D LINE HOOK WITH HEAD - 14.56052013.0111
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 14 mmen ht ose
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 14 mmen ht
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
INCLUDESØ 14 mmHead Ø 25 mmen ht
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Round pictogram in satin stainlees steel AISI 316 or green acrylic, Ø76 mm, Adhesive
Square pictogram, 86 x 86 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316 MANUFACTURERd line as
COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark
WARRENTY20 years
2013
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
D LINE PICTOGRAM ROUND Ø76 MM STEEL OR ACRYLIC - 14.3797
D LINE TOWEL RAIL Ø 14 MM - 14.7052
D LINE ACCESSORIES
2013.0112X
2013.0113X
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
Green Acrylic
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 76 mm
VERSION ale teel
e ail teel nise teel ale cr lic
e ale cr lic nise cr lic
MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONS86 x 86 mm
VERSION ale
e ale nise
300
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
HEWI right-angled U-shaped toilet roll holder in stainless steel, hinged, for wall mounting, concealed fi in . ncl din non corrosi e fi in aterial.
s are toilet roll holder in stainless steel c lindrical or all o ntin concealed fi in incl d-in non corrosi e fi in aterial.
HEWI Toilet brush unit consisting of holder and brush in satin stainless steel, easily replaceable brush head a onet fi in . lac inner container is re o a le or cleanin or all o ntin concealed fi in . ncl din non corrosi e fi in aterial
2013
HEWI TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 162.21.100XA
HEWI SPARE ROLL HOLDER - 162.21.300XA
NOTEOther combinations are available on request
2013.0000
2013.0001
HEWI ACCESSORIES CYLINDRICAL
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
HEWI TOILET BRUSH UNIT - 162.20.100XA2013.0002
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 15 mmen ht i ht
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 15 mmen ht
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
INCLUDESidth i ht e th
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Soap dispenser with cylindrical holder. Holder made of stainless steel, satin surface. With protective oil on the inside or a sec re defined osition and to rotect the lass insert ro da a e.oa dis enser ade o hi h alit satin finished cr stal lass ith ade o stainless steel
satin. or all o ntin concealed fi in incl din non corrosi e fi in aterials.
Tumbler with cylindrical holder. Holder made of metal, high-quality chrome-plated and with protec-ti e oil on the inside or a sec re defined osition and to rotect the lass insert ro da a e.
lindrical t ler ade o hi h alit satin finish cr stal lass eas to clean. or all o ntin concealed fi in incl din non corrosi e fi in aterials.
oo c lindrical or all o ntin concealed fi in incl din non corrosi e fi in aterial. Made of metal, high-quality chrome-plating
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
2013
NOTE
HEWI SOAP DISPENSER WITH HOLDER - 162.06.1105XA
TUMBLER WITH HOLDER - 162.04.110540
HEWI ACCESSORIES CYLINDRICAL
2013.0003
2013.0004
HEWI HOOK - 162.90.010402013.0005
MATERIALStainless steel and glass
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 70 mm
i ht e th
CAPACITYApprox. 200 ml
MATERIALStainless steel and glass
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 71 mm
i ht e th
MATERIALStainless steel and glass
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 15 mm
en th
302
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
o el rail ade o itred circ lar t e or all o ntin concealed fi in . ade o hi h alit stainless steel incl din non corrosi e fi in aterial.
Towel holder with two vertically positioned cylindrical arms, each bar pivots sideways independently o the other ar. ade o hi h alit stainless steel incl din non corrosi e fi in aterial.
Shelf - consisting of two holding elements and glass shelf. Holder made of high-quality stainless steel shel ade o lass nderside satin finished. or all o ntin concealed fi in . ncl d-
in non corrosi e fi in aterial.
2013
HEWI BATH TOWEL RAIL - 162.30.200XA
HEWI TOWEL RAIL - 162.09.100XA
NOTE
2013.0006
2013.0007
HEWI ACCESSORIES CYLINDRICAL
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
HEWI SHELF - 162.03.1005XA2013.0008
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 18 mmen ht e th
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSØ 15 mmen ht e th
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
INCLUDESHolders Ø18 mmGlass 4 mm
idth e th
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Toilet roll holder, cubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount 10 mm - for one toilet roll. Integrated roll brake and side level indicator. With locking system to protect against misuse. Functional closure made of high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (anthra-cite grey) or 99 (pure white)
Toilet roll holder right-angled U-shaped holder with recessed wall base panel. Fixed wall-mounting. ade o hi h alit stainless steel stri thic ith satin s r ace finish
Soap dish, cubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount 10 mm deep.Dish surface with raised centre, Dish made of high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (an-thracite grey) or 99 (pure white)
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
2013
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
HEWI TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 805.21.400
HEWI TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 805.21.500
HEWI ACCESSORIES CUBIC
2013.0009X
2013.0010
HEWI SOAP DISH - 805.02.1002013.0011
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
VERSION hite
nthratice re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth e th
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th Dish 64 mm
VERSION hite
nthratice re
304
GENERAL INFORMATION
FACTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Tumbler, cubic basic body made of high-quality stainless steel with set-back wall base, satin surfaceInsert made of high-quality polyamide in HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white)
ler ade o clear acr lic. ncl din non corrosi e fi in aterials.
Cubical Shelf made of all-round 4 mm stainless steel strip with cubical and indented wall base. Shelf made of acrylic glass with back painted in HEWI colour 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white)or all o ntin . ncl. non corrosi e fi in aterials
Double hand towel rail made of all-round stainless steel 4 mm strip with cubical radii and indented all ase. i id desi n or all o ntin . ncl din non corrosi e fi in aterials
2013
HEWI TUMBLER WITH HOLDER - 805.04.110
HEWI SHELF - 805.03.10092
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the
letter of the desired version
2013.0012X
2013.0013X
HEWI ACCESSORIES CUBIC
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
HEWI TOWEL RAIL- 805.09.1102013.0014
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth
en ht e th
VERSION hite nthratice re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
VERSION hite nthratice re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSen th idth
FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
gbm-solutions.com
Toilet brush unit cubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount 10 mm. Insert conical shaped and removable for cleaning and with inner reservoir for disinfectant. Brush handle ade o stainless steel a onet fi in a es r sh head eas to re lace. nsert ade o high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white)
Right-angled bent hook with cubical recessed wall base panel. Wall mount 10 mm deep. Made of hi h alit stainless steel stri thic satin s r ace incl din non corrosi e fi in materials
Symbol, stainless steel, self-adhesive back.
MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH
COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany
WARRENTY10 years
2013
NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version
HEWI TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 805.21.400
SINGLE COAT HOOK - 805.90.100
HEWI ACCESSORIES CUBIC
2013.0015X
2013.0016
HEWI SYMBOL, - 710XA.150.12013.0017X
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
VERSION hite
nthratice re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th
VERSION hite
nthratice re
MATERIALStainless steel
FINISHSatin
DIMENSIONSidth i ht hic
VERSION ale
e ale
306
310 SUPPLIER312 PRODUCT RANGE
5 INTEGRAL
Health in FocusColors from Zobel are particularly suitable for use in health sensitive areas such as schools, kindergartens, hotels and hos itals. eca se definitel re ainin nder the hea metal threshold values as per EN 71-3 (safety of toys) and resistance to detergents and disinfectants as per VdL Direc-tive 12 demonstrates responsible thinking.
S taina le il in ith p o ct o elSustainable thinking and action in terms of the environ-ment is a tradition at Zobel. The products are »green«, be-cause through consistent specialization in high-quality, wa-ter-based paints, the production of any solvent-based paints stopped over 20 years ago.
In conjunction with the goal of the avoidance of hazard-ous substances with regard to raw materials, the products easily comply with the requirements of Decopaint Directive
. ecent eas re ents o the i t osenhei (Institute for Window Engineering) « demonstrate that the coatings are already suitable today to meet tomorrow’s in-door air quality requirements. Sustainable thinking, which is confir ed the en iron ental ana e ent s ste ac-cording to DIN EN ISO 14001.
THE SUPPLIER
ZOBEL
With headquarters in the heart of Germany, ZOBEL develops, produces and sells premium coatings and glazes for sub-strates s ch as ood fi er lass and al in . he target group ranges from the classical window and door MAN-UFACTURER to the industrial contract painter and substrate producer. Both international and national distributors and processors trust in ZOBEL in more than 50 countries across the globe.
A company that wishes to develop dynamically and constant-ly improve its competitive position must avoid the beaten path. It must take on the challenges of the market, attune itself to them and discover trends before others do. In this sense, Zobel Chemie has always been one of the pioneers in the market of water-soluble coating systems.
When it comes to the evaluation of paints and glazes, the first i ression is cr cial. eca se the alit o the s r ace of building components is the calling card of any innovative coating system. In addition to these demands on the prod-ucts, Zobel formulates a broader spectrum in addition to the many technical requirements.
Quality assuranceProduct safety does not come from just anywhere. This is demonstrated by Zobels DIN EN ISO 9001 Quality Manage-ment System inspected, high-quality paint raw materials at the state-of-the-art level, and systemically tested proce-dures and continuous batch tracking of raw materials and products.
ONLY THE BEST WILL DO
310
INTEGRAL
PRODUCTS
PROTECZOBEL PRODUCT LINES
Zobel has an extensive product portfolio to cover any build-ing or any material.
Protec
Water-based coatings for dimensionally stable wooden building components – windows, doors .
Deco-tec
Water-based coatings for not dimensionally stable wooden building components in- and outdoors.
o o pla t®
Water-based coatings for PVC and substrates such as alu-in and fi er lass in and o tdoors
ZOBEL ANTI-HEAT
s an o tion a l in to all rod ct lines Temperature-limited color tones for cool surfaces
The water-based Protec products reliably ensure the nec-essary protection of the natural product wood from UV and moisture stress and preserve the natural wood grain. Through its high transparency Protec emphasizes the natural look of the substrate. And for those to whom nature is too natural, with the extensive palette of paints and glazes there are no limits when it comes to bringing more color into play. Inconjunction with Zobels goal of the avoidance of hazardous substances with regard to raw materials, the Protec products easily comply with the requirements of Decopaint Directive
. rotec is or the di ensionall sta le ooden building components in top form
ZOBEL Impregnations and Primers
• optimized formulas with respect to suspension proper-ties of the pigments
• e cellent o . ni or colorin re ents c erso etouch-up work
• very little roughening and thus only minimal sanding
ZOBEL Intermediate Coats
• product solutions for every productionprocess
• excellent interplay of insulating primers and intermedi-ate coats or e cient ins lation o ood constit entsparticularly also for larch
PRODUCT LINES
312
esistance has a na e eco tec s ste desi ns or ro-tecting non-accurate wooden building components outdoors.
Such non-accurate wooden building components as facades, carports, shutters, fences etc. are often exposed to intense climatic conditions. Moisture absorption and release is asso-ciated with marked changes in dimension and makes high de ands on the e i ilit and reatha ilit o coatin s s-tems. At the same time, direct weathering demands appro-priate UV protection.
ith the eco tec rod ct ran e o el o ers decorati e s ste desi ns that are ai ed s ecificall at s ch e tre e stress.
eco tec coatin an la e
• environmentally-friendly, water-based
• single-component formula for easy processing
• er ea le the ood can reath res ltin in icregulation of the wood’s moisture
• water repellent
• highly elastic, adapts to all of the wood’s shrinking andswelling movements
• e tre el eather resistant lastin rotection orglazed color tones of up to 7 years, opaque color tonesup to 12 years
ZOBEL Top Coats
• rilliant s r ace finish
• aterial sa in ossi le d e to ood o e en at loet fil thic ness
• extreme weather tolerance, early blocking stabilityand water-resistance thanks to self-integrating topcoats
• high elasticity for heavy mechanical loading, e.g. hail
• extremely scratch resistant coating with apolyurethane base for front doors
• exceptional durability thanks to ZOBEL ANTI-HEAT
DECO-TEC
3010
h s e traordinar ideas eco e realit o o last the innovative, water-based 1C-PUR synthetic coating by Zobel creates the basis.
With Zowo-plast® the coloring of PVC building compo-nents and an other s strates is easier and ore e i le.
hether o are or in ith indo rofiles or e tensi e façade elements - the water-based, 1C-PUR coating system guarantees trouble-free processing with excellent surface quality. In addition, Zowo-plast® is available in all desired color tones. his eans sol te color ariet not onl for PVC windows and doors. By meeting the AAMA 615-05, probably the world’s toughest performance requirement for paints for PVC coating, the premium product Zowo-plast® can stifia l e called a erior er or in oatin .Zobel has an extensive product portfolio to cover any build-ing or any material.
o o pla t® o e
• coating of hanging and lying objects- a lica le to oth rofiles and indo s
• high layer build-up in one step
• just one base coat for every color tone
• one product for all kinds of applications(handicraft to industrial
• completely water-based system including cleanerno brittleness caused by solvents, no hazardoussubstances
• lo istic enefits
• treme climate zones, including Australia, Mexico, theMiddle East, Siberia, USA
• easy to clean
• can be easily painted over
• ZOBEL ANTI-HEAT for dimensionally stable buildingcomponents
• cost and e i ilit enefits co ared to alternati ecoloring methods
• tested safety
ZOWO-PLAST
314
ZOBEL SUPER ANTI-HEAT
• paves the way for deep black color tones
• limits the heating once moreonl aro nd te erat re di erence et een dar color tones and hite ncoated rofiles
For further information on the extensive and vast product ro ra and the enefits the co ld ha e on o r siness e indl as o to contact o r local ol tions o ce.
Coatings for cool surfaces and more durability – to preserve value and protect the environment.
he ini te erat re char in o s �-berglass, aluminum and wood coatings will convince you. Achieve cool surfaces on the entire range of building com-ponents.
o enefit
• more protection for the component by up to30 °C lower surface heating
• dark color shades can also be realized without hesitation
• higher dimensional stability – less risk of crack forma-tion or warping
• less resin o
• higher longevity and sustainability of component andcoating
• pleasant room atmosphere with lower cooling require-ments
ZOBEL ANTI-HEAT
3010
319 GBM SOLUTIONS OFFICES320 GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS
6 GENERAL INFORMATION
pliers and we can do for you and your business - you are elco e to contact one o o r orld ide o ces or rther
information or visit our website www.gbm-solutions.com.
MIDDLE EAST & AFRICAGBM Solutions LLC.U-Bora Tower 2, Business Bay6th Floor – Unit 607, P.O Box. 117211Dubai United Arab Emirateshone a
ASIAGBM Solutions
t. oni e alaisBinangonan, RizalPhilippines 1940hone
GBM OFFICES
At GBM Solutions we are there for you at any stage in your building project.
For dedicated expert assistance and service - or just to pro-vide you with more information on what our competent sup-
GBM SOLUTIONS OFFICES
HEAD OFFICEGBM SolutionsØrestads Boluevard 732300 København SDenmarkhone a
EUROPEGBM SolutionsWesterallee 16224941 FlensburgGermanyhone a
MORE INFORMATION
they are binding.2.The delivery period will be extended as appropriate in cases of Acts of God, ind strial nrest ci il co otion o cial eas res ail re o r s liers to make deliveries and other unforeseeable, unavoidable and serious events for the duration of the disruption. The vendor is obliged as far as possible to supply the required information immediately and to adapt its obligations to the altered situation in good faith.3.Partial deliveries are permitted to a reasonable extent and if this seems advan-tageous for rapid handling. 4.Risk transfers to the vendor when the vendor supplies the goods at the agreed place of delivery.5.Exceeding certain delivery periods and dates will not release the purchaser, who
a cancel the a ree ent or de and da a es or non l�l ent ro settin an appropriate, extension period, usually 14 days, for supplying the service and declaring that it will decline the service after the extension period has expired. If the vendor is only responsible for minor negligence, damages will be limited to the extra expense incurred for emergency purchases or replacement goods.
V. Notice of Defects, Warranty and Guarantee1.Except in cases of assured characteristics or culpable breach of essential con-tractual obligations, we are liable for defective deliveries excluding further clai s as ollo s
a.Statutory guarantee periods apply to all goods at the moment ofthe transfer of risk. Where the goods are used commercially or professionally, the guarantee period will be 12 months. If improve-ments or replacement deliveries are made under the terms of the warranty, this will not trigger a new guarantee period.b.The warranty for used goods will be 12 months as from the tran-sfer of risk if these are used privately. The warranty will not apply to goods used commercially or professionally.
2.Immediately after delivery, the purchaser is required to examine the goods for defects, their inherent nature and assured characteristics. Obvious defects are to e notified to the endor in ritin ithin calendar da s other ise the goods will be deemed to have been accepted unless we or our agents are guilty of malice. The deadline begins on arrival of the goods at the purchaser’s premises.3.In the case of reciprocal transactions between merchants, Sections 377 and
o the er an o ercial ode re ain na ected.4.
the rchaser finds de ects in the oods it a not ain control o the i.e. they may not be divided, resold or reprocessed until the parties agree on how the claim is to be handled or until proceedings to preserve the evidence have been carried out by an expert appointed by the Trades Chamber or the Chamber of Industry and Commerce at the headquarters of the vendor.5.rans ort da a e is to e notified to the endor i ediatel . he rchaser
is required to take care of the necessary formalities with the carrier. If there are any breakages, waste etc. to an extent usual in the trade, these may not be objected to.6.
here o ections are sti�ed the endor a at its o tion re air de ecti e goods or supply replacements. Several attempts at repair are permitted.7.If repairs are carried out, the vendor is obliged to bear all repair costs, in par-ticular costs of transport, infrastructure, labour and materials provided these do not increase due to the item purchased having been taken to another place than the lace o l�l ent. 8.If the vendor lets a reasonable deadline expire without repairing the defector supplying replacement goods, if it is unable to carry out repairs or supply replacement goods, if repairs fail or if repair or replacement is declined by the purchaser, the purchaser will only be entitled to cancel the agreement or de-mand a price-reduction to the exclusion of all other rights provided it is not an end-customer.
I. GeneralThe following conditions apply to all agreements and deliveries unless amended with the express permission of the vendor. Deviating general conditions of the purchaser apply only if we expressly agree to them.
e an Scope o eli e1.
ers the endor are s ect to chan e. he doc ents relatin to the o -fer, such as illustrations, drawings, information on weights and measures, are approximate only unless expressly referred to as binding. If the vendor supplies the purchaser with illustrations or technical documentation on the goods to be delivered, these will remain the property of the vendor.2.he order si ned the rchaser is a indin o er. he sales contract ill e concl ded hen the endor confir s acce tance o the order descri in the
goods in more detail within two weeks or has delivered the item purchased. However, the vendor is obliged to inform the customer of any refusal to accept the order immediately after clarifying availability.3.Assurance of characteristics, ancillary arrangements and alterations should be confir ed in ritin the endor. 4.We reserve the right to alter construction and shape of the item supplied provid-ed it is not materially altered, the intended use is not restricted and the altera-tions are reasonable for the purchaser.5.If, through no fault of its own, the vendor becomes aware of facts after the agreement has been concluded that cause it to have reasonable doubts about the purchaser’s creditworthiness, the vendor will be entitled to demand appropriate security. If the purchaser fails to provide such security within a reasonable peri-od, the vendor will be entitled to cancel the agreement.
III. Prices, Payment Conditions1.Invoices are due for payment immediately and without deduction.2.Payment by bill is only permitted by special arrangement. Bills and cheques will only be accepted as payment, not instead of payment. In the case of a cheque or bill protest, the vendor may demand payment in cash against immediate return of the cheque or the bill of exchange.3.If in the case of agreements with an agreed delivery period of more than four months material cost-increases relating to the item purchased have occurred which, in the view of the vendor, make the relationship between the goods and their cost appear inappropriate, the vendor will be entitled to request renewed negotiations on the purchase price.4.In transactions with merchants, net prices (ex works) are to be assumed plus the applicable value added tax. Measurements and dimensions at the loading point will be binding for calculating the price.5.Unless otherwise agreed, prices exclude packaging, freight or transport insur-ance.6.If the purchaser falls into arrears of payment, the vendor is entitled to charge interest on arrears o o er the ase rate l s an other da a es or arrears unless the vendor can prove a greater burden of a higher interest rate or the vendor can prove a lower interest burden. Interest is payable immediately.7.he rchaser a onl o set acco nts i its co nter clai s ha e een esta -
lished in law, are undisputed or have been acknowledged by the vendor. It is also entitled exercise its right of retention if its counter-claim is based on the same contractual relationship. 8.Deviating from Sections 366 and 367 of the German Civil Code, payments by the
rchaser ill e credited to the oldest acco nt recei a le first.9.
the rchaser ails to lfil its a ent o li ations the endor ill e entitled to declare the entire remaining debt due. The vendor will also be entitled to demand advance payment or security for deliveries already made and for all supplies of goods and services or parts thereof.10.The vendor is entitled to assign the claims arising from our business relationship.
eli e e io1.Delivery dates and periods are deemed to have been agreed to as being only approximate unless the vendor has expressly given a written assurance that
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND PAYMENT
320
9.The guarantee does not extend to damage caused as a result of normal use, defective installation or construction work, defective commissioning (unless we are obliged to carry this out), defective or neglectful treatment or maintenance, improper treatment, failure to observe installation or operation instructions or the relevant standards. In particular, the warranty does not extend to parts subject to wear and tear. Parts subject to wear and tear are all revolving parts, driving parts and tools. The warranty claims will also expire when repair work is performed by the customer or a third party without our permission.10.If the purchaser gives us no opportunity or no appropriate period to see the defect for ourselves or, where appropriate, to carry out the necessary supple-mentary performance (repair or replacement), all damage claims will expire.11.Further claims, in particular due to the absence of assured characteristics or due to damage that did not occur to the item delivered itself, will, if legally permissible, not be accepted.
VI. Limitation of Liability1.The seller shall be liable for damage caused by wilful action, gross negligence and breach of material obligations of the contract, and in case of absence of warranted properties. Any further claims not expressly conceded in these con-ditions shall be excluded, but in any case limited to such damage foreseeable at the time of signing the contract and to the value of the delivered goods. We shall not be liable for any expenses incurred in connection with subsequent per-formance, unless they are appropriate in the individual case with respect to the
rchase al e o the oods ho e er ro ided that the do not e ceed of the goods value. Any further expenses, for instance, in connection with the installation and de- installation of defective goods, shall be borne by us only to the e tent s ecified in these ro isions.2.If the vendor’s liability is excluded or limited, this will also apply to the personal liability for its salaried employees, waged employees, legal representatives and agents. In cases of gross negligence by simple agents, the vendor will be liable for the repair of typical, foreseeable damage.3.his does not a ect the stat tor re ire ents o the on s o roo .
4.The provision does not apply to claims arising from the German Product Liability Act or to cases of incapability of impossibility.
VII. Retention of Title1.The vendor retains ownership to the item sold until all payments arising from the sales agreement have been received.2.If the reserved goods are processed by the purchaser to form a new, movable item, they will be processed for the vendor without the vendor incurring any obligations; the new item will become the property of the vendor. When being processed with goods not belonging to the vendor, the vendor will acquire joint ownership of the new item to the value of the reserved goods in relation to the other goods at the time of processing. If reserved goods are combined, mixed or blended with the goods belonging to the vendor pursuant to Sections 947 & 948 of the German Civil Code, the purchaser will become joint owner as pro-vided by law. If the purchaser acquires joint ownership through combination, mixing or blending, it immediately transfers joint ownership to the vendor to the value of the reserved goods in relation to the other goods at the time of combination, mixing or blending. In these cases the purchaser is required to store ree o char e the oods dee ed to e reser ed oods as defined the aforementioned provision and which belong to, or which are the joint property of the vendor.3.If reserved goods are sold alone or together with goods not belonging to the vendor, the purchaser immediately assigns to the vendor the claim arising from the resale to the value of the reserved goods with all ancillary rights and in order of priority from the other goods; the vendor accepts the assignment. The value o the reser ed oods is the a o nt o the endor s in oice l s a sec rit s rchar e ho e er this ill not incl ded i this con icts ith the ri hts o third parties. If the reserved goods are resold but remain the joint property of the vendor, the assignment of the claim extends to the amount equal to the vendor’s share of joint ownership.4.The purchaser is obliged to treat the goods purchased with care as long while they have not become the purchaser’s property. In particular, the purchaser is o li ed to s cientl ins re the oods a ainst da a e fire ater and the t for replacement value at its own risk. If repair and inspection work are required, the purchaser must carry this out at its own expense and in a timely manner.
5.While reserving right of cancellation, the vendor authorizes the purchaser to collect outstanding debts assigned to the vendor. The vendor will not make use o its o n ri ht to collect s ch de ts as lon as the rchaser lfils its a ent obligations, including to third parties. At the request of the vendor, the purchaser will be required to name the debtors of the assigned claim and to notify them of the assignment; the vendor is authorized to notify the debtors of the assignment itself. 6.The purchaser is required to inform the vendor immediately of any compulsory execution measures concerning the reserved goods or the assigned claims and provide the documentation required for an appeal.7.The right of resale, use or installation of the reserved goods and authority to collect the assigned claims expires on cessation of payment, application for the opening of insolvency proceedings or judicial or out-of-court settlements; in the case of a bill or cheque protest, authorization for direct debiting will also expire. This does not apply to the rights of the liquidator.8.he endor is entitled to de and a ro riate sec rit or the d e lfil ent
of the purchaser’s debts. If the value of this security exceeds the claims to be sec red ore than the endor ill at its o tion e entitled re assi n or release the goods.
VIII. Cancellation of the Agreement and Return of the Goods1.
the c sto er ails to acce t the oods itho t stification or i e ta e ac the goods at the customer’s request or if, in exercising our rights of retention of title e ill at o r o tion e entitled to de and a l s a ent o of the original price owed under the agreement or to apply it to a credit note instead of making a formal claim adjustment. The customer remains entitled to prove that no damage was caused or was only caused at a considerably lesser extent.
IX. Data Protection1.The purchaser is hereby informed that the vendor will process the personal data obtained in the course of the business relationship according to the provisions of the German Data Protection Act.
e al en e lace o lfil ent1.
nless other ise stated in the rchase a ree ent and or the order confir a-tion the endor s re istered o ces are the lace o lfil ent.2.If the purchaser is a merchant, a legal entity in German public law or a spe-cial fund in German public law, the legal venue for all legal disputes, including summary bill or cheque enforcement proceedings, the are vendor’s registered o ces. he endor is also entitled to instit te le al action here the c sto er s re istered o ces are located.3.This contractual relationship is subject solely to the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.
XI. Legal Validity1.Should individual provisions be or become legally invalid or should an omission occur in the agreement, the legal validity of the remainder of the agreement will not e a ected.
www.gbm-solutions.com